aosa.orgaosa.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/articles_author.doc  · web viewaaron, tossi, american...

91
The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 1 Aaron, Ellen, Canon to Dance, A, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 35. Aaron, Tossi, American Play Parties: A rich source for movement ideas, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 1. Aaron, Tossi, AOSA Honors Carl Orff, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 25. Aaron, Tossi, Peter Sidaway, Autumn Leaves (Gleanings), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 19. Aaron, Tossi, Ave Atque Vale, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 52. Aaron, Tossi, Ballad: A Story Told in Song (Part One), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 24. Aaron, Tossi, Ballads: USA (Part Two), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 20. Aaron, Tossi, Birthdays of Orff and Keetman, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 13. Aaron, Tossi, Boat round in three for third grade (Canon Corner), Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 26. Aaron, Tossi, Canadian Orff Conference in Montreal, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 23. Aaron, Tossi, Cold February sky, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 39. Aaron, Tossi, Come Riddle Me, Riddle Me Ree!, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 7. Aaron, Tossi, Conference Snapshots from a Camera in the Mind, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 10. Aaron, Tossi, Delaware Valley Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7. Aaron, Tossi, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint) , Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50. Aaron, Tossi, Editorial: Fresh or Frozen?, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 16. Aaron, Tossi, Editorial: The Starting Line, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 26. Aaron, Tossi, Jacobeth Postl, Finding Time, Space and Energy for Movement (Guideposts) , Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 7. Aaron, Tossi, Folk Dance Patterns: Times and Tides, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 16. Aaron, Tossi, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20. Aaron, Tossi, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 17. Aaron, Tossi, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 33. Aaron, Tossi, Here comes a bum-ble-bee, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 1. Aaron, Tossi, In Brief, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 4. Aaron, Tossi, Indianapolis? I'll Always Remember, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 19. Aaron, Tossi, Inside the Jubilee, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 5. Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Upload: buidang

Post on 30-Aug-2018

214 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 1

Aaron, Ellen, Canon to Dance, A, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 35.

Aaron, Tossi, American Play Parties: A rich source for movement ideas, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 1.

Aaron, Tossi, AOSA Honors Carl Orff, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 25.

Aaron, Tossi, Peter Sidaway, Autumn Leaves (Gleanings), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 19.

Aaron, Tossi, Ave Atque Vale, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 52.

Aaron, Tossi, Ballad: A Story Told in Song (Part One), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 24.

Aaron, Tossi, Ballads: USA (Part Two), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 20.

Aaron, Tossi, Birthdays of Orff and Keetman, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 13.

Aaron, Tossi, Boat round in three for third grade (Canon Corner), Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 26.

Aaron, Tossi, Canadian Orff Conference in Montreal, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 23.

Aaron, Tossi, Cold February sky, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 39.

Aaron, Tossi, Come Riddle Me, Riddle Me Ree!, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 7.

Aaron, Tossi, Conference Snapshots from a Camera in the Mind, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 10.

Aaron, Tossi, Delaware Valley Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Aaron, Tossi, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Aaron, Tossi, Editorial: Fresh or Frozen?, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 16.

Aaron, Tossi, Editorial: The Starting Line, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 26.

Aaron, Tossi, Jacobeth Postl, Finding Time, Space and Energy for Movement (Guideposts), Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 7.

Aaron, Tossi, Folk Dance Patterns: Times and Tides, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 16.

Aaron, Tossi, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Aaron, Tossi, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 17.

Aaron, Tossi, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 33.

Aaron, Tossi, Here comes a bum-ble-bee, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 1.

Aaron, Tossi, In Brief, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 4.

Aaron, Tossi, Indianapolis? I'll Always Remember, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 19.

Aaron, Tossi, Inside the Jubilee, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 5.

Aaron, Tossi, International Orff Schulwerk Symposium 1985: Images and Impressions (Centerfold), Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 15.

Aaron, Tossi, Interview with Alice Parker, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 32.

Aaron, Tossi, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Aaron, Tossi, Lancashire Children's Song (Gleanings), Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 8.

Aaron, Tossi, Living with Instruments, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 38.

Aaron, Tossi, Matters of the Heart: Sound Gesture and Speech Canon for February, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 40.

Aaron, Tossi, Me gustar a, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 37.

Aaron, Tossi, Me gustar a, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 44.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 2 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Aaron, Tossi, Meet Your President, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 13.

Aaron, Tossi, Movement Activities: A Possible Sequence, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 10.

Aaron, Tossi, Movement as the Essence (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 21.

Aaron, Tossi, Martha Crowell, Ellie Gerstein, Lori Goldschmidt, Judith Thomas, On Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 35.

Aaron, Tossi, On Changes, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 43.

Aaron, Tossi, On Winter Celebrations (Editorial), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 12.

Aaron, Tossi, Orff Is a Four-Letter Word, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 4.

Aaron, Tossi, Ostinato: Words, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 16.

Aaron, Tossi, Papers for MENC 1986: A Reminder, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 32.

Aaron, Tossi, Play Parties!, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 14.

Aaron, Tossi, Regional Feature: Report on Region V, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 15.

Aaron, Tossi, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Aaron, Tossi, Rounds and Canons, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 16.

Aaron, Tossi, Snowflakes, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 9.

Aaron, Tossi, Starlight, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 1.

Aaron, Tossi, Sweet and Lovely (for lyric improvisation), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 1.

Aaron, Tossi, Tossi's Corner, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 17.

Aaron, Tossi, Train Canon from England (Canon Corner), Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 29.

Aaron, Tossi, Weaver's Canon (Canon Corner), Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 37.

Aaron, Tossi, Where Are Those Rhymes?, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 33.

Ababile, Theresa, Growing Up Creative (reprint from Growing Up Creative), Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 28.

Abril, Carlos, R. J. David Frego, Carol McDowell, Attending summer courses: Why We Do It, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 20.

Abril, Carlos, Discovery in C: Minimalism in the Classroom, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 22.

Abril, Carlos, Sifting through a world of music (From the classroom), Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 16.

Aebersold, Jamey, Who Said You Can't Improvise, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 12.

Agigian, Laura Michele, Teaching by Heart: A Personal Journey Toward Curriculum Integration in the Classroom, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 14.

Agnello, Linda, Students Embrace, Rewrite Rituals, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 52.

Agnew, Margaret, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 19.

Ahlstedt, Linda, Arts and Education: A Partnership Alliance, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 24.

Ahlstedt, Linda, Tossi Aaron, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Ahlstedt, Linda, From the Editor, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 4.

Ahlstedt, Linda, From the Editor, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 3.

Ahlstedt, Linda, Magic of Myth, The, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 22.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 5.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 3

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 5.

Ahlstedt, Linda, President's Message, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 5.

Aiello, Elizabeth, New Hope for a Dying Muse, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 8.

Alkire, Bill, Susan English, Intergenerational movement matches "Talls and Smalls", Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 37.

Allen, John P., Celebrations: Children's Theatre and Music, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 8.

Alliger, Karl, Isabel McNeill Carley, Danai Gagne, Barbara Haselbach, Minna Ronnefeld, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 4.

Allwarden, Robert F., Diane Graham, Sherrell Jones, Ruth M. Lowe, Sally Miller, Phillis C. Stycos, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Amchin, Robert, Tossi Aaron, Linda Ahlstedt, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Amchin, Robert, Form: ABA (For the Classroom:), Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 25.

Amchin, Robert, Teachers Should Improvise Too (From the Classroom), Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 46.

Amidon, Peter, Building a Singing and Dancing Community, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 17.

Amoaku, Komla, Arts, The: Instruments of Change, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 11.

Anderson, William A., Orff Approach to Teaching Indonesian Gamelan Music, An, Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 5.

Andress, Barbara, Song Making Experiences for Two-Four Year Olds, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 1.

Andrews, Stephanie K., Schulwerk, Early Music and renewal, The, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 16.

Apperson, Denise, Sue Blinn, Moira P. Danis, Cheryl Poe, Alan Purdum, Dear Keetman Assistance Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 37.

Applebaum, Susan, Moira Logan, Nadine Saitlin, Leona B. Wilkins, Creativity and the Related Arts (Prologue to Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 12.

Applebaum, Susan, Moira Logan, Nadine Saitlin, Leona B. Wilkins, Dance Drama Music Art (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 11.

Arends, Kathleen, Harriet Coppoc, Pam Hetrick, Is it appropriate to notate orchestrate music of another culture? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 45.

Arner, Phyllis B., History of the Middle Atlantic Chapter, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 9.

Arner, Phyllis B., Orff Symposium in Washington, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 6.

Arner, Phyllis B., Orff with the Old and Orff with the Young, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 9.

Atkinson, Judy, Dan Augenstein, Kay Copley, Barbara Maloney, World Is a Circle, The (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 11.

Auchincloss, Joyce B., Keetman Fellow, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 18.

Augenstein, Dan, Judy Atkinson, Kay Copley, Barbara Maloney, World Is a Circle, The (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 11.

Austin, Louise, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 4.

Bagheri, Hooshang, Ethnic Dance in the Classroom, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 11.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 4 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Bailey, Joyce, Keetman Winner Reports, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 26.

Bair, Jerry, Orff Chapter of Southern New Jersey, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 6.

Baird, Donna P., Guideposts: The Learning Disabled Child in the Orff Classroom, Jumping Head First into the Mainstream, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 5.

Baird, Donna P., International Symposium, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 20.

Baker, Janet, Judith Cole, Chris Judah-Lauder, Janet Robbins, Tapestry of Time: A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 6.

Baker, Terrance, Karen Medley (editor), Erika Stinson, Children's Thoughts on Music, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 29.

Baldwin, John, Celebrations: The Energy Show, Drama and Learning, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 3.

Ball, Wesley, Orff Schulwerk and the New National Standards, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 6.

Ballard, Louis, Special Book Review, A, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 36.

Ballard, Louis, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Banes, Grace, Greater Cleveland, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 5.

Bankrude, Sally, Orff Schulwerk helps uncover, express and heal emotional conflicts, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 11.

Bardwell, Kit, American Pocket Theater Or How to Make Stone Soup, The, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 25.

Bardwell, Kit, Celebrate with Dance, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 16.

Barrett, Janet R., Exercising Professional Judgment Through Inquiry into Practice (Focus on Research), Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 49.

Bate, Miriam, Weave in Good Singing, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 6.

Batz, Nancy, Keetman Report, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 29.

Baumgartner, Kathy, Albuquerque Album 1981, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 15.

Baxter, Catherine M., Orff With the Retarded, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 3.

Baxter, Kate, Music for Children in Another Culture, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 15.

Beam, Douglas, Questions from a first-year Orff-Schulwerk music teacher, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 28.

Beck, Marshia, Danai Gagne, Marilyn Levine, Beth Miller, Brigitta Warner, Finding Books on Movement (Getting Started), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 28.

Beck, Marshia, In the Beginning: Movement and Dance; Where and How to Start..., Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 1.

Beck, Marshia, Music, Movement, and the Learning Disabled Child, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 5.

Beck, Marshia, Poor Butterfly, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 8.

Beck, Marshia, Question Box, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 16.

Beck, Marshia, Marilyn Levine, Claire Seger, Richard E. Watt, Watercolors...with Several Brushes, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 2.

Beckie, Carolyn, Closing the Gap: From Finding the Singing Voice to Singing a Phrase, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 7.

Bednar, John, Rose Grelis, Karen Medley, Richard E. Watt, Declaration of Interdependence, A, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 2.

Beegle, Amy C., Multicultural and World Music in AOSA as reflected in The Orff Echo: 1968-2002, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 18.

Beegle, Amy C., Patricia Shehan Campbell, Teaching Music to Children in Times of Crisis (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 38.

Beethoven, Ludwig von, Avon E. Gillespie (words by), Go in Peace, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 48.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 5

Belk, Robin, To the Keetman Fund, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 35.

Belonsky, Ruth, Very Special Boy, A, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 7.

Benedict, Robert E., Autistic Child, The, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 13.

Benner, Betty L., For Lo, the Winter Is Past, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 30.

Berger, Amy, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Bergin, Bob, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Bergin, Bob, United States Needs National Standards for Education, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 33.

Berke, Melissa K., I Can Do It! Empowering Future Elementary Educators Through Orff, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 32.

Berman, Bob, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Bernstorf, Elaine, Orff Schulwerk, Inclusion and Neurological Disorders, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 8.

Berry, Margaret A., On Keys and Locks, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 3.

Bessinger, Marti, Orff process successful in teaching students with special needs, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 9.

Best, Harold M., Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Bierdeman, Herbert, In Brief, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 11.

Birkenshaw, Lois, Orff Approach and the Hearing Impaired, The, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 15.

Birkenshaw-Fleming, Lois, Orff in Canada, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 41.

Birkenshaw-Fleming, Lois, Suggestions for Working with Grades 2-4 (For the Classroom), Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 24.

Birkenshaw-Fleming, Lois, Where Were You in Sixty-two ('63, '64)?, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 14.

Bitcon, Carol H., Getting Involved, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 1.

Bitcon, Carol H., Bob Bergin, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Blaney, Marie, Conference to Remember!, A, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 3.

Blaney, Marie, Interview with Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 19.

Blaney, Marie, Deborah Clem, Report on Project Outreach, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 10.

Blinn, Sue, Denise Apperson, Moira P. Danis, Cheryl Poe, Alan Purdum, Dear Keetman Assistance Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 37.

Bloom, Wendy, Amy Berger, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Bodolay, Laurdella, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Bodolay, Laurdella, Why Solfege?, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 8.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 6 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Bohlmeyer, Del, 1983-84 Annual Report Compilation, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 22.

Bohlmeyer, Del, AOSA Poster Now Available, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 6.

Bohlmeyer, Del, AOSA Poster Now Available, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 31.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Carmina Burana Performance Dedicated to Arizona AOSA, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 26.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Harold M. Best, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Creation or Re-creation; Product or Process, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 4.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Executive Board Initiative, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 17.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Focus on Region II, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 12.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Guest Administrator Program, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 26.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Kansas City Conference: New Guest Administrator Program, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 10.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 5.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 29.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 17.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 17.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 15.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 23.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 29.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Message, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 31.

Bohlmeyer, Del, President's Panel: Research in Music Education, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 14.

Bohlmeyer, Del, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Bond, Judy, Heartland Horizons, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 1.

Bond, Judy, Heartland Horizons; Some Final Pre-Conference Thoughts, Concerns, and Program Highlights, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 2.

Bond, Judy, Introducing Carol Erion, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 16.

Bond, Judy, Kansas City Conference Progress Report, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 10.

Bond, Judy, Orff Schulwerk in the Middle School, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 12.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 21.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 29.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 29.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 29.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 29.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 29.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 21.

Bond, Judy, President's Message, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 29.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 7

Bongard, Barbara, Jim Bongard, Do the Bill of Rights Rap (Reprint from The Instructor Magazine), Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 23.

Bongard, Jim, Barbara Bongard, Do the Bill of Rights Rap (Reprint from The Instructor Magazine), Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 23.

Boshkof, Ruth, Establishing Goals for the First Grade, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 11.

Boshkoff, Ruth, Two Short Tales, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 8.

Boswell, Bettie, Don't let science bug you, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 49.

Boswell, Bettie, Drums, Drums, Everywhere and Not a Music Room to Spare, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 32.

Boswell, Bettie, Medieval Masterpiece, A: An Interdisciplinary Partnership, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 16.

Boyer-White, Rene, American Negro Spiritual - An Elemental Style, The, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 4.

Bradford, Louise L., Carnegie Kids and Co., The, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 6.

Bradford, Louise L., Fence or the Line? Some Notes on American Folksongs, The, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 5.

Bradford, Louise L., Forgotten Magic: Part IV (Conclusion), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 13.

Bradford, Louise L., Forgotten Magic: Part I, A Series on Ancient Primitive Instruments, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 11.

Bradford, Louise L., Forgotten Magic: Part II, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 27.

Bradford, Louise L., Forgotten Magic: Part III, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 13.

Bradford, Louise L., In Memoriam: Peggy Peach, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 30.

Bradford, Louise L., No Two the Same: A Report on Instrument-Making, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 7.

Brahams, Johannes, Carol Erion, Hurry, Flurry, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 9.

Bratton, Nettie R., Pitch Game, The, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 21.

Brecht, Will, Marilyn Collins, Alan Purdum, Deanna Watson, Jan Williams, Point-Counterpoint: Does it matter if a musical product is achieved through mental exploration facilitated by technology or by moving and physically interacting with musical materials? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 42.

Breese, Peggy, But the Orff Instruments Are So Expensive!, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 43.

Breese, Peggy, It's a Small World After All!, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 33.

Breese, Peggy, New York State Mini-Conference, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 15.

Bremner, Moyra, World According to Mother Goose, The (reprint from Parents Magazine) (Centerfold), Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 16.

Brock, Cathleen, Julia Perry-Clark, Carla Soll, Musicians of the Sun: Anatomy of a Performance, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 12.

Broeker, Jay, Robert de Frece, Randy DeLelles, Jeff Kriske, Richard Spalding, Jon Sywassink, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

Brooks, Pam, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Brophy, Timothy, Judith Cole, Advocating Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 9.

Brophy, Timothy, Concept Mapping: An Alternative Assessment, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 22.

Brophy, Timothy, Judith Cole, From Childhood to Adulthood: Our Legacy Speaks, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 23.

Brophy, Timothy, Lifelong Learning in Music, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 11.

Brophy, Timothy, Carolee Stewart (editor), Orff Schulwerk and Current Cognitive Psychology, How Researchers View the Developing Musical Mind (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 5.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 8 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Brophy, Timothy, Orff Schulwerk in Middle and Late Childhood: Developmentally Appropriate Practice, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 7.

Brophy, Timothy, Orff Schulwerk in the Creative and Performing Arts School, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 15.

Brophy, Timothy, Del Bohlmeyer, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Brophy, Timothy, Unveiling the Mysteries of the Developing Child Improviser (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 33.

Brown, Mary, Elaine Gillies, Lucya Prince, Reports from Conference Committees, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 4.

Brown, Pat, Fifteenth National Conference, Albuquerque, New Mexico, The, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 3.

Brown, Pat, Getting Started (Orff Schulwerk Volumes), Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 21.

Brown, Pat, Hail to the Planets!, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 23.

Brown, Pat, History of the New England Chapter, A, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 20.

Brown, Pat, Interview with Miriam Samuelson, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 7.

Brown, Pat, Jacobeth Postl, Interview with Richard Gill, Part I, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 5.

Brown, Pat, News from National, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 20.

Brown, Pat, Teaching from Models, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 16.

Brown, Patricia, Cuckoo, The (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 23.

Brown, Patricia, Easy Ensemble Repertoire for Recorders, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 18.

Brown, Patricia, Getting Started (Orff Schulwerk Volumes), Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 7.

Brown, Patricia, Interview with Jack Langstaff, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 14.

Brown, Patricia, Jacobeth Postl, Interview with Richard Gill, Part II, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 9.

Brown, Patricia, Mountain Dulcimer in the Music Class (Centerfold), The, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 13.

Brown, Patricia, Texture: An Elemental Approach, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 18.

Buckbee, Christiana E., Music Conference in Finland, A, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 34.

Budnick, Hanny, Rounds and Canons - Dance Them and Sing Them!, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 9.

Budnick, Hanny, Town and farm, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 1.

Bunker, Philip A., Bibliography, A: Picture Books Inspired by Folk Songs, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 23.

Bunker, Philip A., Letter to the Editor, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 29.

Burgess, Susanne, Rethinking curriculum: from activities to instruction, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 16.

Burkart, Arnold E., American Orff-Schulwerk Association, The: The First Five Years, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 2 (1973).

Burkart, Arnold E., Isabel McNeill Carley, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Jacobeth Postl, Wilma M. Salzman, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Burkart, Arnold E., From My Desk, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 2.

Burkart, Arnold E., From My Desk, Vol. 3, No. 2 (Feb 1971), p. 1.

Burkart, Arnold E., From My Desk, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 1.

Burkart, Arnold E., Glimpse at Our Heritage, A, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 2.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 9

Burkart, Arnold E., Orff Schulwerk and Contemporary Educational Thought, Unpublished Supplement (January 1969).

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 1.

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 5.

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 5.

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 1.

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 1.

Burkart, Arnold E., President's Message, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 6.

Burkart, Arnold E., Process as Content in Orff Schulwerk, Unpublished Supplement (April 1970).

Burkart, Arnold E., Process as Content in Orff-Schulwerk, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 15.

Burkart, Arnold E., Third Orff Symposium Held in Los Angeles, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 6.

Burnard, Pamela, Into Different Worlds: What Improvising and Composing Can Mean to Children (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 28.

Burnett, Millie, AOSA National Conference, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, November 6-9, 1980, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 3.

Burnett, Millie, Martha C. Riley, Folk Tales, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 12.

Burnett, Millie, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 29.

Burnett, Millie, In the Beginning, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 7.

Burnett, Millie, In the Beginning, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 8.

Burnett, Millie, In the Beginning, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 5.

Burnett, Millie, In the Beginning: Orff for Neophytes, Vol. 8, No. 3 (May 1976), p. 4.

Burnett, Millie, Interview with Margaret Murray, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 12.

Burnett, Millie, Letter from the President, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 22.

Burnett, Millie, Life Cycle of a Folk Song, The, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 2.

Burnett, Millie, Mailgram to Frau Orff, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 3.

Burnett, Millie, Meet Your President, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 12.

Burnett, Millie, Moon Lore: Magic, Myth and Mystery, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 13.

Burnett, Millie, Mr. Doolittle and the Four-Legged Critters, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 7.

Burnett, Millie, Esther C. Gray (interviewer and editor), Rita Shotwell, Marcelyn Smale, Sue Snyder, Lillian J. Yaross, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Burnett, Millie, Notes from National, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 5.

Burnett, Millie, Notes From National, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 10.

Burnett, Millie, Orff and the Young Child, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 1.

Burnett, Millie, Orff Certification, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 1.

Burnett, Millie, Orff Shines at ISME, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 19.

Burnett, Millie, Partnerships, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 6.

Burnett, Millie, Pittsburgh Conference, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 3.

Burnett, Millie, Tossi Aaron, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 10 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Burnett, Millie, Roots of Orff Schulwerk in Music Therapy, The, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 10.

Burnett, Millie, Judith Cole, Singing Games, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 9.

Burnett, Millie, Summary of Terms, A (Folk Tales), Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 16.

Burnett, Millie, Taste of Texas, A (For the Classroom), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 9.

Burnett, Millie, Texas Singing Square, A, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 11.

Burnett, Millie, Trail to Mexico, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 9.

Burnett, Millie, Tribute with a Smile (Eloise McCormick), Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 21.

Burns, Jeff, Finding Keetman, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 26.

Burns, Karen, Orff-Schulwerk in an Institutional Setting, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 24.

Burton, Bryan, Role of Myth in Native American Art and Culture, The, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 16.

Caddock, Wayne G., Preschooler Discovers Music, The, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 1.

Calantropio, Steven, 1989-90 National Annual Report Summary, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 35.

Calantropio, Steven, Tossi Aaron, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Calantropio, Steven, Process Teaching: Finding the Elements, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 28.

Calantropio, Steven, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of

Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Calantropio, Steven, Some Thoughts on Technology and the Orff Teachers, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 25.

Campbell, Cindy, Letter from Italy: Ten Days in Urbino, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 31.

Campbell, Cindy, Judith Thomas (editor), Special Celebration: Coming Together Through Music, Integration of Hearing and Hearing-Impaired Children, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 9.

Campbell, Cynthia, Early Dance with Children, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 8.

Campbell, Don, Anatomy of Sound, The, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 19.

Campbell, Don, Knowing the Ear, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 18.

Campbell, Donna, Sound Education: The Journey from Hearing to Listening (Reprinted from "Rhythms of Learning: Creative Tools for Developing LifelongSkills", Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 11.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, Cultural diversity in music education: The road to now, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 25.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, In Search of Music in American Cultures (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 27.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, John Blacking for Teachers of Music to Children (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 36.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, Joining Musical and Multicultural Aims for the Sake of Our Children (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 13.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, Reflections on "Community Music" and Musical Communities (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 30.

Campbell, Patricia Shehan, Amy C. Beegle, Teaching Music to Children in Times of Crisis (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 38.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 11

Campbelle, Marjorie, Margaret Dugard, Vivian Murray, Rainbows (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 22.

Campbelle-Holman, Margaret, Folk music of African American culture offers perspective, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 18.

Canizares, Yvette, Susan Kephart, H. Susan Manzano, Letters of Thanks for Grants Awarded, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 37.

Cantlay, Lynne, Gestalt and the String Quartet, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 1.

Capps, Katiejean, Winning the Jubilee Quilt, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 40.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, About Improvisation, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 5.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Announcement, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 7.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Arnold E. Burkart, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Jacobeth Postl, Wilma M. Salzman, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Bookshelf, The, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 6.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Centerfold Policy, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 23.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Christmas Repertoire, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 7.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Concerning Rabbits, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Connecticut and Michigan, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Daniel Hellden, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 5.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Early Music in the Schulwerk, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 9.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Editorial, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Editorial, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Editorial, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Editorial Board Update, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 7.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Ersatz Orff, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, From the Editor's Desk, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, From the Editor's Desk, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, In Brief, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 16.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Jacobeth Postl, Interview with Barbara Haselbach, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 9.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 39.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Letter from the Editor, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Letter to the Membership, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 6.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Lincoln School Demonstration, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 6.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Magic Carpet, The (Guest Editorial), Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 7.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Music with a Difference, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 3.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Next Ten Years, The, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Notice, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 5.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Being Simple-Minded, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Magic (Guest Editorial), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 27.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Models, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Patterns, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Teaching Styles, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 4.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 12 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Carley, Isabel McNeill, On Transformations (Guest Editorial), Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 17.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Once Is Never Enough, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Orff in Church (Reprint from ADM Newsletter), Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Orff Is the Answer, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 2.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Orff Schulwerk in Taiwan: A Personal Report (Centerfold), Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 15.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Ostinato in the Classroom: Classic Examples, The, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 8.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Playing with Our Materials: Speech Play, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 22.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Realm of the Pentatonic, The, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 8.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Setting Goals, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Supplementary Instruments I: Strings, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 8.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, That Lovely Two-headed Betsy Higginbottam, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 1.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Tips to Recorder Teachers (Part I), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 17.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Tips to Recorder Teachers, Part II, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 5.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Use of Improvisation in Recorder Teaching, The, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Jan 1975), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Use of the Recorder in the Orff Approach, The, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 1.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Karl Alliger, Danai Gagne, Barbara Haselbach, Minna Ronnefeld,

Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill, Where Do We Begin, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 4.

Carley, Isabel McNeill (co-translated by), Gunild Keetman, Rosemarie Kelischek (co-translated by), Reminiscences of the Guntherschule, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 13 (Spring 1978).

Carley, Isabel McNeill (translated by), Hans Poser, New Children's Song, The, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 4.

Carley, James, Choral Techniques, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 8.

Carlson, Anne, Laura Colon, Molly Sheehy, Report: The "Good Evening" Radio Performance, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 38.

Carlz, Irmgard L., Two Orff Therapy Sessions with an Unusual Patient, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 3.

Carp, Miriam, Middle Atlantic Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 6.

Carp, Miriam, Middle Atlantic Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 7.

Cartune, Suzann, Interview with Judith Cook Tucker (reprint from Chorus!), Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 20.

Castren, David C., Orff and Junior High Percussion, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 7.

Chambliss, Jack, Douglas Muller, Self Concept in a Music Classroom, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 25.

Champion, Connie, Case for Textbooks, A, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 22.

Champion, Connie, Rondo Train, The (For the Classroom), Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 11.

Chancey, Tina, Bruce Hutton, Scott Reiss, Hesperus and Crossover, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 11.

Chernoff, John Miller, Music-making Children of Africa (reprint from Natural History), Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 2.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 13

Chiaraluce, Ruth Ann, Doug Wilson, Colorado Collage - Denver: 1990, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 2.

Chiaraluce, Ruth Ann, Gwen Mickle, Doug Wilson, Meg Worth, Colorado Collage, Denver 1990, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 2.

Chiaraluce, Ruth Ann, In Brief, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 21.

Chrisman, Martha C., Traditional Appalachian Music: Resources for Orff Teachers, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 4.

Clark, Hattie, Makers of Drums, The (reprint from The Christian Science Monitor), Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 9.

Clark, Jeanne, Bob Berman, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Clark, Linda, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Clayton, Suzanne, Rochester Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 7.

Clem, Deborah, Hilree Hamilton, Lisa Ann Parker, Georgia on My Mind... Memories of the Jubilee 1989, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 2.

Clem, Deborah, Marie Blaney, Report on Project Outreach, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 10.

Coffey, Jane, Orff Tree in Color, The, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 15.

Cole, Judith, Timothy Brophy, Advocating Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 9.

Cole, Judith, Liz Gilpatrick, Body, Mind, Spirit, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 8.

Cole, Judith, Elemental Shapes of Singing Games, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 20.

Cole, Judith, Timothy Brophy, From Childhood to Adulthood: Our Legacy Speaks, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 23.

Cole, Judith, Glossary of Terms (Bali), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 24.

Cole, Judith, Playing Mallet Instruments: Some Motor Skill Development Considerations, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 10.

Cole, Judith, President's Page, The, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, President's Page, The, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, President's Page, The, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, President's Page, The, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 9.

Cole, Judith, President's page, The, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 9.

Cole, Judith, President's page, The, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, President's page, The, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, President's Page, The, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, Rivers Need a Spring: A Portrait of Grace Chapman Nash (Portrait Series), Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 23.

Cole, Judith, Sacred Sounds from the Morning of the World, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 22.

Cole, Judith, Millie Burnett, Singing Games, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 9.

Cole, Judith, Songs and Games: The Preservers of Culture, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 10.

Cole, Judith, Janet Robbins, Tapestry of Time, A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 6.

Cole, Judith, Janet Baker, Chris Judah-Lauder, Janet Robbins, Tapestry of Time: A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 6.

Collins, Harrison, Arts in Education - A Superintendent's View, The, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 6 (Fall 1975).

Collins, Marilyn, Americana Day: Children Who Learn by Teaching, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 15.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 14 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Collins, Marilyn, Cheers to Chicago, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 2.

Collins, Marilyn, Computer Corner, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 31.

Collins, Marilyn, Kids and "Kid Pix": Looking at Pitch Accuracy, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 23.

Collins, Marilyn, Night in Africa Integrating Music, Art, Dance and Classroom Studies, A, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 8.

Collins, Marilyn, Orff Schulwerk and the Artists-in-Residence, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 3.

Collins, Marilyn, Orff Schulwerk and the Computer, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 15.

Collins, Marilyn, Will Brecht, Alan Purdum, Deanna Watson, Jan Williams, Point-Counterpoint: Does it matter if a musical product is achieved through mental exploration facilitated by technology or by moving and physically interacting with musical materials? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 42.

Collins, Marilyn, Donna Monticello, Claudia Springer, Carolyn Tower, Watercolors: An International Palette...Awaits Your Presence to Unfold, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 18.

Colon, Laura, Anne Carlson, Molly Sheehy, Report: The "Good Evening" Radio Performance, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 38.

Colwell, Cynthia, Orff approach to music therapy, An, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 19.

Colwell, Richard, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Conger, Margaret, Lesson on Pantomime, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 7.

Conkling, Susan Wharton, Middle Level Education, Some Facts and Figures for the Music Educator (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 24.

Connors, David, Beyond Riverdance: Irish Song and Dance, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 20.

Coogan, Christa, High-flying dancing into language (Reprinted from Die Grundschulzeitschrift), Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 21.

Cooley, Valerie, Summer Course in Germany, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 18.

Cooper, Nancy A., Developing Singers: Implications from Recent Research (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 41.

Cooper, Roy, Music and Its Relationship With Other Arts, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 4.

Copley, Kay, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 8.

Copley, Kay, Judy Atkinson, Dan Augenstein, Barbara Maloney, World Is a Circle, The (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 11.

Coppoc, Harriet, Kathleen Arends, Pam Hetrick, Is it appropriate to notate orchestrate music of another culture? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 45.

Corbett, Donald, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Konnie K. Saliba, Judith Thomas, Conference Panel: Focus on the Future, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 11.

Corbett, Donald, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Coulter, Dee Joy, Brain's Timetable for Developing Musical Skills, The, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 3.

Cowan, Joan Bell, Beginning Javanese Gamelan: A Community of Listeners, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 28.

Crawford, Candace, Elizabeth Nichols, William Wakeland, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part Two, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 3.

Crowell, Martha, Cumulative Songs (For the Classroom), Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 14.

Crowell, Martha, Tossi Aaron, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 15

Crowell, Martha, Tossi Aaron, Ellie Gerstein, Lori Goldschmidt, Judith Thomas, On Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 35.

Crowell, Martha, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Crowell, Martha, Sounds I Am Thankful to Hear, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 18.

Crowley, Jeanne M., My Friend "Notes", Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 31.

Cummings, Randy, Meg Worth, Incorporating student art into musical programs, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 41.

Cummins, Paul F., Restoring the Arts to Public Schools: Innovative Partnerships, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 7.

Custodero, Lori, Context and Discovery: Rethinking the Nature of Creativity, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 37.

Custodero, Lori, Mozart, the Muse and the Mind: What Current Research Tells Us (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 34.

Dade, Fred S., Shields-Gillespie Letter of Thanks, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 37.

Daigle, Steven, Tossi Aaron, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Martha Evans Osborne, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Daigle, Steven, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Daley, Allwyn, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 2.

Danis, Moira P., Denise Apperson, Sue Blinn, Cheryl Poe, Alan Purdum, Dear Keetman Assistance

Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 37.

Dannenberg, Mark, Philosophy for Orff, A, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 4.

Dasher, Richard, Reflections of a First-Timer, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 20.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 23.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, President's Message, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 25.

Davidson, Marilyn, Meg De Mougin, Cak Marshall, Wes McCune, Alice Olsen, What constitutes good repertoire in Orff Schulwerk instruction? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 30.

Davis, Rida, Dynamic Detroit: AOSA National Conference, Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 12.

Davis, Rida, Hang In There - Things Can Get Better!, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 29.

Davis, Rida, St. Louis Conference Nov. 2-5, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 3.

de Frece, Robert, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

de Frece, Robert, Jay Broeker, Randy DeLelles, Jeff Kriske, Richard Spalding, Jon Sywassink, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

de Frece, Robert, Whole Language, Whole Child, Whole Music, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 10.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 16 Articles by author The Orff Echo

De Mougin, Meg, Indiana Chapter Seeks Ideas for Keetman Boutique Booklet, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 5.

De Mougin, Meg, Marilyn Davidson, Cak Marshall, Wes McCune, Alice Olsen, What constitutes good repertoire in Orff Schulwerk instruction? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 30.

Degner, Martha, I Went to the Doctor: Playground Rhyme, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 4.

Deininger, Donna, Meg Worth, Cultural Playground, A : A performance to celebrate diversity, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 32.

DeLelles, Randy, Jay Broeker, Robert de Frece, Jeff Kriske, Richard Spalding, Jon Sywassink, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

Dervan, Nancy, How Much Can They Really Do?, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 3.

DeStefano, David, From practice to process with improvisation (From the Classroom), Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 33.

Dobaj, Swannie, Cultural Kaleidoscope, A, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 27.

Dobaj, Swannie, Portland Conference, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 3.

Dobaj, Swannie, Portland Conference: A Cultural Kaleidoscope, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 19.

Dobaj, Swannie, Where the Action Is in 1982, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 9.

Doing, Susan, Keetman Fund Recipient Has Successful Summer, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 23.

Dorfmuller, Joachim, Esther C. Gray (translated by), Gunild Keetman: A biography, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 2.

Dow, Polly, Role of Orff in the Classroom, The, Vol. 8, No. 3 (May 1976), p. 1.

Dreschler, Eileen, Greater Rochester Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 6.

Driver, Ann, Music for Young Children Through Radio, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 3.

Dugard, Margaret, Marjorie Campbelle, Vivian Murray, Rainbows (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 22.

Dunscomb, Marcia F., Using Jazz to Teach Musical Concepts, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 14.

Durst, Pat, Washington, D. C., AOSA Conference Reveals the Pulse of a Nation, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 1.

Eastlund, Joyce, Orff at Middle School, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 11.

Ebbers, Ron, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 34.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Albuquerque Briefing, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 18.

Ebinger, Virginia N., AOSA National Conference, Las Vegas, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 1.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Calendar, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 19.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Calgary Hosts Canadian Conference, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 29.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Celebrations (Native American Myth and Creation), Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 6.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Conference Program in Final Planning, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 3.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Day with the Drum Makers of Cochiti, A, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 8.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Denver Conference Report, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Jan 1975), p. 3.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Denver University Orff Certification Course, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 3.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Editorial Search, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 6.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 17

Ebinger, Virginia N., From My Bookshelf, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 24.

Ebinger, Virginia N., From the Playground: Spain, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 11.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Game, The, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 22.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Ghost Ranch Retreat, Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 12.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Independent Study Course at Denver University, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 10.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Jemez Pueblo, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 6.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Judy Bond Speaks at Orff-Zentrum Opening (Note correction printed in The Orff Echo 23:2, (Winter 1991) page 29), Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 37.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Las Vegas Conference: Progress Report, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 21.

Ebinger, Virginia N., News from National, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 18.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Of the People - -Folk Heritage: Myth, Legend, Tale (Centerfold), Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 13.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Open Letter to AOSA Members and the Executive Board, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 32.

Ebinger, Virginia N., JoAnn Rogers, Orff in the Kindergarten, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 8.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 8.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 24.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 18.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 9.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 14.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 29.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 6.

Ebinger, Virginia N., President's Message, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 6.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Kathleen Poole, Cecelia Riddell, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Supporting Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Regional Feature: Focus on Region II, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 10.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Regional Feature: Focus on Region Two, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 10.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Reply to Letter, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 30.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Retreat, Repeat, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 5.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Sound of the Drum, The (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 11.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Mary H. F. Klare, Spirit of St. Louis: Impressions Gathered, The, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 3.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Supplement to the Index of the Orff Echo, Volumes 26-27, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995)Insert.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Teaching from Models: Speech, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 7.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Louis Ballard, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Ebinger, Virginia N., They Went to Sea in a Sieve, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 1.

Ebinger, Virginia N., What's In a Name?, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 12.

Ebinger, Virginia N., Write Your Congressman, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 15.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 18 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Ebinger, Virginia N. (co-editor), Carolee Stewart (co-editor), Supplement to the Index of the Orff Echo (Volumes 24-25), Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993)Insert.

Ebinger, Virginia N. (editor), Judith Freund, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 16.

Eccles, Shauna, Music Day to Remember, A, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Jan 1975), p. 7.

Eddington, Louise A., Acquiring Orff Instruments the "Do-It-Yourself" Way, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 15.

Edinger, Randy, Jane Frazee, Grace C. Nash, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 21.

Eichenlaub, Rosemary, Journaling in Music: A Different Kind of Assessment (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 36.

Eismann, Donald, Tale of Two Scenarios, A, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 28.

El Mallah, Issam, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Elias, B. J., Night, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 35.

Ellin, Barrbara, Music with the Visually Impaired, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 20.

Elliott, Dorothy Gail, Juvenile Lyre: The First Secular School Song Book in America, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 6.

Elliott, Dorothy Gail, Phillis C. Stycos, Meet Your New President - and our Sister, Marilyn Davidson, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 23.

Elliott, Edith, Elementary Kaleidoscope Program in Shreveport, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 25.

Elliott, Edith, Focus on Region IV, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 18.

Elliott, Edith, North Louisiana Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Elliott, Edith, Title III Project in Caddo Parish, Shreveport, LA, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 9.

Ellis, Becky, Keetman Fellow, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 8.

Ellis, Becky, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Emlen, George, Ritual Power of Revels, The, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 9.

English, Susan, Bill Alkire, Intergenerational movement matches "Talls and Smalls", Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 37.

Erion, Carol, AOSA National Conference, Las Vegas, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 11.

Erion, Carol, Beginning Recorder Players Can Also Compose!, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 28.

Erion, Carol, Board's-Eye View: Report from a Fledgling Board Member, A, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 22.

Erion, Carol, Roger Sams, Botany 101: The Roots of the Wildflower, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 34.

Erion, Carol, Janet Robbins, Building Community, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 9.

Erion, Carol, Canon: Jolly and Good, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 51.

Erion, Carol, Cinderella Premiere, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 20.

Erion, Carol, Colonial Music for Contemporary Children (Centerfold), Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 21.

Erion, Carol, Copyright Corner - First of a Series, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 12.

Erion, Carol, Creativity: Reflections on a Conundrum: A Teacher's Thoughts, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 12.

Erion, Carol, Glossary of Terms, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 9.

Erion, Carol, Johannes Brahams, Hurry, Flurry, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 9.

Erion, Carol, Interview with Dorita Berger, An, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 39.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 19

Erion, Carol, Interview with Minna Ronnefeld, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 4.

Erion, Carol, Keetman Fellow, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 17.

Erion, Carol, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 55.

Erion, Carol, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 30.

Erion, Carol, National Annual Report Summary 1990-1991, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 33.

Erion, Carol, Outline of the Ten Year Plan for AOSA, An, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 11.

Erion, Carol, Pat Hamill, Marilyn Levine, Barbara Potter, Panel in Print: Beyond Sixth Grade, A, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 3.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 17.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 29.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 21.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 9.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 7.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 11.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 7.

Erion, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 5.

Erion, Carol, Roots of Orff Schulwerk, The, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 9.

Ernst, Roy, Orff Schulwerk for Senior Adults, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 28.

Evans, Mary Dorsey, Life After Levels: My Year in Salzburg, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 11.

Evans, Patricia, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian,

Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Falkner, Dianne, Curriculum Integration: A Quality Approach, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 17.

Feldman, Glen, AOSA National Conference Poster 2003 - Louisville, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003)Insert.

Fenske, Mary, Instrument Care (Reprinted from Orff Beat), Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 29.

Ferguson, Nancy, Anita Suggs, Blues (For the Classroom), Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 25.

Ferguson, Nancy, Guideposts: Vocal Technique, The Vanishing Variable, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 7.

Ferguson, Nancy, Interview with Isa Bergsohn, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 12.

Ferguson, Nancy, Interview with Jos Wuytack, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 13.

Ferguson, Nancy, Introduction to Vocal Improvisation, An, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 6.

Ferguson, Nancy, L. A. Conference, November 10-14, The, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 1.

Ferguson, Nancy, Memphis Jazz and Blues Artist-in-Residence Grant, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 18.

Ferguson, Nancy, Orff with the Perceptually Handicapped Child, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 1.

Ferguson, Nancy, Pittsburgh Conference, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 1.

Ferguson, Nancy, Report from Memphis, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 2.

Fiedler, Sheran, Boston Patchwork, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 2.

Fiedler, Sheran, Focus on AOSA Research Activity (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 25.

Fiedler, Sheran, Teaching is a joy for Lillian Yaross (Portrait series), Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 38.

Fiedler, Sheran, Vienna: The IGMF Summer Course, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 19.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 20 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Fifield, Glen, Orff Schulwerk as an Expression of Freedom, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 21.

Fines, John, Children in Museums and Galleries, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 6.

Fish, Margaret, Value of the Orff Approach, The, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 1.

Flowers, Patricia J., Discovering interconnections between description and language development (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 13.

Flynn, Ann K., Sallie Meyer, Kim Smith, Grant Winners Express Thanks, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 33.

Foustalieraki, Maria, Upon Completing My Orff Level III, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 33.

Fowler, Charles, Status of the Arts and the State of Music Education, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 2.

Fox, Donna Brink, Music in Early Childhood: Setting a Sturdy Stage, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 16.

Fox, Donna Brink, Stalking the Wildflower with Multiple Lenses (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 24.

Frazee, Jane, And Then There Were Three, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 48.

Frazee, Jane, Donald Corbett, Barbara J. Grenoble, Konnie K. Saliba, Judith Thomas, Conference Panel: Focus on the Future, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 11.

Frazee, Jane, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Frazee, Jane, Detroit Conference, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 1.

Frazee, Jane, Eclectic Is Not a Four-Letter Word (Reprint from Centerpieces), Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 17.

Frazee, Jane, Good News for Music Education (Reprint from The Contemporary Muse), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 30.

Frazee, Jane, Guidelines for Orff Teachers: Background and Commentary, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 15.

Frazee, Jane, Jacobeth Postl (editor), Guideposts: Complements of Peda, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 9.

Frazee, Jane, I Hear, I Wonder, I Know: Cultivating the Aesthetic in an Orff Schulwerk Context, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 30.

Frazee, Jane, Jane Frazee Honored with Distinguished Service Award, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 33.

Frazee, Jane, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005)Insert.

Frazee, Jane, Randy Edinger, Grace C. Nash, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 21.

Frazee, Jane, Meet Your New President Judy Bond, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 20.

Frazee, Jane, Music In Early Childhood, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 3.

Frazee, Jane, Notes From a Visit With Carl Orff January 19, 1977, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 3.

Frazee, Jane, Nurturing expression, understanding, and artistry in the Orff classroom: a celebration and a challenge, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 21.

Frazee, Jane, Orff Schulwerk Down Under: VANCOS 1986, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 5.

Frazee, Jane, Orff Teachers, Organize!, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 11.

Frazee, Jane, Report on the AOSA 1973 College and University Survey, A, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 5.

Frego, R. J. David, Carlos Abril, Carol McDowell, Attending summer courses: Why We Do It, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 20.

Frego, R. J. David, Keeping the Spirit in Mind: The Experience of Flow in Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 12.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 21

Frego, R. J. David, Psychic Energy, Psychic Entropy and Psychic Ecstasy, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 47.

Freker, Alis, Do You Know How to Listen? Shhh, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 18.

Freund, Judith, Virginia N. Ebinger (editor), From My Bookshelf, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 16.

Freund, Judith, Ghost Ranch, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 6.

Frierdich, Mary Lou, Judith Thomas (editor), Celebrations: "Arts Alive" Summer Celebration, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 7.

Froelich, Mary Ann, What Is the Suzuki Method?, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 30.

Froneberger, Paneen, Ferry Me Across the Water (For the Classroom), Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 23.

Fuller, Jody, Learning the Way of Tea, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 58.

Funk, Curtis, Reflections on the Salzburg Special Course, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 21.

Funk, Shawn D., Nature vs. Nurture, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 30.

Fuoco-Lawson, Gloria, Conference Entertainment, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 2.

Gadberry, Anita, Reaching students with special needs through the Orff approach, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 27.

Gadberry, David, Dia de Muertes: Day of the Dead is a lively celebration, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 49.

Gagne, Danai, Drum and Dance Improvisation, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 11.

Gagne, Danai, Marshia Beck, Marilyn Levine, Beth Miller, Brigitta Warner, Finding Books on Movement (Getting Started), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 28.

Gagne, Danai, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 28.

Gagne, Danai, Karl Alliger, Isabel McNeill Carley, Barbara Haselbach, Minna Ronnefeld, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 4.

Gampel, Peter, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Garcia, Antonio J., Joys of Jazz: A Resource for Orff Educators, The, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 20.

Gates, Edith E., Letters, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 2.

Gault, Brent, Rote Song, The: Does one size fit all?, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 46.

Gerheuser, Friedrun, Gunild Keetman's Contribution to the Schulwerk, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 1.

Gerstein, Ellie, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Lori Goldschmidt, Judith Thomas, On Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 35.

Giebler, Cyndee, BethAnn Hepburn, East Meets West, North and South: Students Anywhere Can Ring in Chinese New Year, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 16.

Gill, Richard, Business of Teaching Music, The, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 25.

Gill, Richard, On Teaching Music, Closing Address Presented to the AOSA National Conference, Portland, Oregon, November 7, 1982, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 3.

Gill, Richard (arranged by), Diddle Diddle Dumpling, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 18.

Gillespie, Avon E., Show Us the Motion, Play and Improvisation, Education's Greatest Tool, An Observation, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 3.

Gillespie, Avon E. (words by), Ludwig von Beethoven, Go in Peace, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 48.

Gillies, Elaine, Mary Brown, Lucya Prince, Reports from Conference Committees, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 4.

Gilpatrick, Liz, About This Issue: Body, Mind and Spirit, Revisited, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 10.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Barbara Potter, Assessment, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 6.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 22 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Gilpatrick, Liz, Judith Cole, Body, Mind, Spirit, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 8.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Canon: Let Us Praise Sound!, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 25.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Canon: Was it You, Mister Music?, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 40.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Coaxing Success: Developing Pitch Accuracy, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 7.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Conversation with Dee Coulter about Adolescence, Learning and Schools, A, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 17.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Creating with Children, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 18.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Martha C. Riley, Early Music and Dance, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 8.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Fix, Fiddle and Make Do, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 24.

Gilpatrick, Liz, From the Classroom (Topic = Creating Theater), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 41.

Gilpatrick, Liz, From the Editor, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 3.

Gilpatrick, Liz, From the Editor, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 3.

Gilpatrick, Liz, From the Editor, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 3.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Janet Robbins, Improvisation, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 8.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Improvisation Revisited, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 7.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Instrumentarium, The, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 6.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Rebecca Fay Squire, Dennis Waring, Is There an American Repertoire That Students Should Know before Learning a Multicultural Repertoire? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 31.

Gilpatrick, Liz, It Was Meant to Be - A Portrait of Barbara Grenoble - Part II (Portrait Series), Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 31.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Learning the Language of Assessment, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 14.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Listening, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 11.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Move It First!, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 32.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Movement Approach to Teaching Beginning Recorder, A, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 18.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Orff Schulwerk in Action, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 59.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Portrait Series (Introduction of), Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 22.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Recorder, The, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 12.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Saying good-bye from the heart, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 32.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Seeing Stars (From the Classroom), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 26.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Sound of Those Instruments!, The: A Portrait of Barbara Grenoble, Part I (Portrait Series), Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 35.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 30.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 46.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Judy L. Johnson, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 30.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 43.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 55.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 7.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 41.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 37.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 36.

Gilpatrick, Liz, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 28.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 23

Gilpatrick, Liz, Though He May Rage and Roar (reprint from The Improvisor), Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 1.

Glasheen, Leah K., Getting in Tune with your Best Spirit (reprint from the AARP Bulletin, June/July 1991), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 31.

Goedicke, Patricia, In the skull's tingling auditorium, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 6.

Goetze, Mary, Building cultural understanding through song, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 29.

Goetze, Mary, Children's Singing Voices: Toward Vocal Fitness, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 3.

Goetze, Mary, On Change, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 27.

Golbert, Joshua, Jack Neill, Sally Trenfield, Do TV shows and music videos for children help us or hinder us in our music education process? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 33.

Golbert, Joshua, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Goldberg, Norman, Arnold E. Burkart, Isabel McNeill Carley, Ruth P. Hamm, Jacobeth Postl, Wilma M. Salzman, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Goldberg, Norman, Doreen Hall, Barbara Haselbach, Joachim Matthesius, Margaret Murray, Liselotte Orff, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Goldberg, Norman, In Memoriam (Carl Orff), Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 3.

Goldberg, Norman, In Memoriam: Marga Becker-Ehmck, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 8.

Goldberg, Norman, Tossi Aaron, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren,

Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Goldberg, Norman, National Membership: Another View, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 7.

Goldberg, Norman, Ted Mix, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 21.

Goldschmidt, Lori, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Ellie Gerstein, Judith Thomas, On Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 35.

Goldschmidt, Lori, Elizabeth Van Mater, Orff Schulwerk in a Summer Day Camp: A Success Story, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 27.

Goldschmidt, Lori, Safari: The Half-Day Campout, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 10.

Goldstein, Sarah F., Movement As a Form of Expression, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 7.

Goodell, Deborah, Karen Medley, Lillian J. Yaross, Begin with Words! (For the Classroom), Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 14.

Goodell, Deborah, Linda Goss, Cak Marshall, Janet Underhill, Bonnie Wilder, Christmas-Hanukkah Dilemma, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Goodell, Deborah, Susan Kennedy, Is Movement Fundamental or Incidental? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 41.

Goodell, Deborah, Parents in the Classroom, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 5.

Goodell, Theresa, Copper Country Project, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 8.

Gooden, Greg, Bill of Rights Rap, Two Performance Possibilities (For the Classroom), Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 23.

Goodkin, Doug, African Odyssey, An, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 10.

Goodkin, Doug, Avon Gillespie enlarged, enlivened the Schulwerk (Portrait Series), Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 22.

Goodkin, Doug, Drummers in Golden Gate Park, The, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 11.

Goodkin, Doug, Early Childhood and the Electronic World, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 19.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 24 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Goodkin, Doug, Pam Hetrick, Introduction, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 9.

Goodkin, Doug, Jazz Goes to School, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 7.

Goodkin, Doug, Pam Hetrick, Keetman Fund Recipients, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 34.

Goodkin, Doug, Letter to the Orff Community, A, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 38.

Goodkin, Doug, Musica Poetica: The Word in Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 7.

Goodkin, Doug, Musical Community, The, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 10.

Goodkin, Doug, Myth of Creativity, The, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 26.

Goodkin, Doug, Orff Schulwerk and Contemporary Music, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 16.

Goodkin, Doug, Paper Presented at the President's Panel (reprint from the Orff Schulwerk Bulletin of New South Wales), Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 29.

Goodkin, Doug, Question of Discipline, A, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 1.

Goodkin, Doug, Salzburg: Symbol of Unity and Diversity, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 9.

Goodkin, Doug, Singing around the dishpan: An interview with Jean Ritchie, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 28.

Goodkin, Doug, Pam Hetrick, Summer in Bali, A, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 8.

Goodkin, Doug, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Goodkin, Doug, What is Aesthetic Education?, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 9.

Goodkin, Doug, What Is Real Music? Who Defines "Real"? (Guest Editorial), Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 3.

Goodkin, Doug, Zen of Orff Schulwerk, The, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 28.

Goodwin, Cheryl, Elementary Students "Get" the Blues, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 18.

Gorny, Marina, Jazz Routes, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 6.

Gorny, Marina, Music Listening: Lessons from Kabalevsky, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 21.

Gorny, Marina, Music Literacy, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 9.

Gorny, Marina (translated by), Vyacheslav Zhilin, Winds of Change: Orff Schulwerk in Russia, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 39.

Gorny, Peter, Jazz Overview, A, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 26.

Goss, Linda, Deborah Goodell, Cak Marshall, Janet Underhill, Bonnie Wilder, Christmas-Hanukkah Dilemma, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Grabbe, Marian, Music Is Our Common Ground, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 16.

Graham, Diane, Robert F. Allwarden, Sherrell Jones, Ruth M. Lowe, Sally Miller, Phillis C. Stycos, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Graham, Diane, Donna Poppe, Doug Wilson, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 7.

Graham, Diane, Donna Poppe, Doug Wilson, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 6.

Grant, Brad, Poem for a Music Teacher, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 25.

Grant, Robin, Passing Thoughts (reprint from the New South Wales Orff Schulwerk Bulletin) (For the Classroom), Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 19.

Gray, Esther C., Charles Moorman: Have Xylophone, Will Travel, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 8.

Gray, Esther C., Christmas-Hanukah Dilemma, The: A Challenge, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 24.

Gray, Esther C., Conference Report, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 3.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 25

Gray, Esther C., FOKAN: Music Exercises for Health and Well-Being for Older Adulthood, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 5.

Gray, Esther C., Fostering Self-Esteem in the Music Classroom, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 3.

Gray, Esther C., Glimpses at genius: Keetman the person, the composer, the teacher, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 9.

Gray, Esther C., International Orff Schulwerk Symposium 1985: Report from Salzburg (Centerfold), Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 15.

Gray, Esther C., Interview with Helen Kemp, An, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 5.

Gray, Esther C., Donna Poppe, Interview with Michael Lane, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 14.

Gray, Esther C., Keetman Scholar Report, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 23.

Gray, Esther C., On Celebrating the Life of Gunild Keetman, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 3.

Gray, Esther C., Orff-Schulwerk: Where Did It Come From, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 16.

Gray, Esther C., Portland Conference, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 3.

Gray, Esther C., Professor Liao: Preserving China's Musical Traditions with Orff's Schulwerk, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 26.

Gray, Esther C., Karen Logbeck, Arvida Steen, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Opposing Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Gray, Esther C., Research in Music Education: Taking a Closer Look at Learning, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 17.

Gray, Esther C., Phyllis Weikart, Rhythmic Coordination: Attainable, Essential (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 13.

Gray, Esther C., Seeing Music Education by Looking at Art Education: Can We Individualize Classroom Music?, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 19.

Gray, Esther C., Some Thoughts on Sounds of Quietness, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 4.

Gray, Esther C., Stalking the Wildflower with Multiple Lenses (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 24.

Gray, Esther C., Teaching Ideas, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 15.

Gray, Esther C., Thoughtful Voices, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 15.

Gray, Esther C., Trying Out a New Way of Teaching Music: The Origins of Carl Orff's Schulwerk, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 12.

Gray, Esther C., Understanding the Limits of the Human Voice: Singing without Breakdowns, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 3.

Gray, Esther C. (editor), R. Murray Schafer, Experience in Basel (Centerfold), Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 11.

Gray, Esther C. (interviewer and editor), Millie Burnett, Rita Shotwell, Marcelyn Smale, Sue Snyder, Lillian J. Yaross, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Gray, Esther C. (translated by), Joachim Dorfmuller, Gunild Keetman: A biography, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 2.

Gray, Esther C. (translated by), Barbara Haselbach, Movement and Dance: Integrated Elements of Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 5.

Gray, Esther C. (translated by), Barbara Haselbach, Orff Schulwerk: A Continuing Heritage, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 8.

Greene, Janet, Children, Dance and Music Education in Bali, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 34.

Greene, Janet, Martha Evans Osborne, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 53.

Greene, Janet, Making language connections through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 36.

Grelis, Rose, John Bednar, Karen Medley, Richard E. Watt, Declaration of Interdependence, A, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 2.

Grenoble, Barbara J., Donald Corbett, Jane Frazee, Konnie K. Saliba, Judith Thomas, Conference Panel: Focus on the Future, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 11.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 26 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Grenoble, Barbara J., Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Grenoble, Barbara J., Interview with Hermann Regner (with Verena Maschat), Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 7.

Grieshaber, Kate, AOSA Board, The, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 21.

Grieshaber, Kate, Concerning Scribes, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 19.

Grieshaber, Kate, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 31.

Grieshaber, Kate, Region One News, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 21.

Grieshaber, Kate, Regional Feature: Region One, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 10.

Grieshaber, Kate, Suggestion, A, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 7.

Grigsby, James, Jacobeth Postl (editor), Lillian J. Yaross, Tis the Gift (Centerfold), Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 13.

Gromko, Joyce Eastlund, Discovered Literacy, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 24.

Gromko, Joyce Eastlund, Your Say, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 7.

Gulda, Friedrich, Improvisation -The Life-Blood of Music (Reprint from Musikforum Magazine), Vol. 7, No. 2 (Jan 1975), p. 1.

Gundlach, Rebecca R., Beethoven, Percussion and Composition, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 32.

Gunn, Marilyn, Bringing Art to Life, Life to Art (From the Classroom), Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 14.

Gunn, Marilyn, Chris' Story, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 31.

Gunn, Marilyn, For the Love of Words (From the Classroom), Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 32.

Gunn, Marilyn, From the Classroom (Topic = Visual Arts), Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 47.

Gunn, Marilyn, Gift, A: Lois Birkenshaw-Fleming (Portraits Series), Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 34.

Gunn, Marilyn, It's a Small World, After all (From the Classroom), Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 31.

Gunn, Marilyn, Luau, The, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 23.

Gunn, Marilyn, Meeting Their Needs: Developmentally Appropriate Music for Young Children, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 10.

Gunn, Marilyn, Marjie Van Gunten, Music for Children, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 9.

Gunn, Marilyn, Performance, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 10.

Gunn, Marilyn, Primal Fires, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 21.

Gunn, Marilyn, teacher is sick, The (From the Classroom), Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 41.

Gunn, Marilyn, This Is Why I Am an Orff Teacher, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 21.

Gunn, Marilyn, Martha C. Riley, Upper Elementary, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 6.

Haas, Cathy, Keetman Fellow, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 28.

Hacohen, Shmuel, Listening - A Different View: A Workshop Sound Experience, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 3.

Hacohen, Shmuel, Listening Part II, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 3.

Hale, Connie, Reflections on Orff Schulwerk and Brain-based Learning (From the Classroom), Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 49.

Hall, Doreen, Norman Goldberg, Barbara Haselbach, Joachim Matthesius, Margaret Murray, Liselotte Orff, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Hall, Doreen, Music for Children: Past, Present, Future, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 7 (1976).

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 27

Hall, Marcia, Hands, Voices, Ears (reprint from Backyard Music), Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 25.

Hamill, Pat, Boston Boutique, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 9.

Hamill, Pat, Marion O'Connell, Boston Conference, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 1.

Hamill, Pat, Focus on Region III, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 24.

Hamill, Pat, Focus on Region III, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 25.

Hamill, Pat, Gunild Keetman Scholarship Awards, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 20.

Hamill, Pat, Marion O'Connell, Last and Latest Words on the Conference, The, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 2.

Hamill, Pat, Carol Erion, Marilyn Levine, Barbara Potter, Panel in Print: Beyond Sixth Grade, A, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 3.

Hamill, Pat, Regional Feature: Focus on Region III, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 15.

Hamill, Pat, Scholarship Announcement, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 21.

Hamilton, Hilree, AOSA History Project Launched, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 19.

Hamilton, Hilree, Composing and Improvising: From Theory to Practice, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 20.

Hamilton, Hilree, Deborah Clem, Lisa Ann Parker, Georgia on My Mind... Memories of the Jubilee 1989, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 2.

Hamilton, Hilree, Research Project - Get the Help You Need, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 18.

Hamilton, Hilree, Carolee Stewart, Stop, Look and Listen, Attending a Research Poster Session (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 13.

Hamm, Gloria, Street Games Remembered: New York City, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 6.

Hamm, Ruth P., Action Song, An, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 4.

Hamm, Ruth P., Arnold E. Burkart, Isabel McNeill Carley, Norman Goldberg, Jacobeth Postl,

Wilma M. Salzman, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Hamm, Ruth P., Applying Research Findings, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 19.

Hamm, Ruth P., Arnold Burkart Resigns July 1st, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 8.

Hamm, Ruth P., Conference Preview, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 1.

Hamm, Ruth P., Contemporary Forms, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 8.

Hamm, Ruth P., Convention Foretaste, Vol. 3, No. 2 (Feb 1971), p. 3.

Hamm, Ruth P., Donald Slagel (editor), From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 21.

Hamm, Ruth P., Global Perspectives, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 7.

Hamm, Ruth P., Jacobeth Postl (arranged by), Guideposts (Topic = Speech), Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 4.

Hamm, Ruth P., Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Hamm, Ruth P., Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005)Insert.

Hamm, Ruth P., Letter From the President, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 1.

Hamm, Ruth P., Letter to the Membership, A, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 4.

Hamm, Ruth P., Look at Concrete Poetry, A, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 13.

Hamm, Ruth P., Looking at Japanese Haiku, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 11.

Hamm, Ruth P., Packet of Pleasantly Pungent Proverbs, A (Reprinted from Chapter One News) (For the Classroom), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 16.

Hamm, Ruth P., Poetry in the Music Room, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 8.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 28 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Hamm, Ruth P., Paul Siebold (translated by), Polyxene Mathey-Roussopoulou (Portrait Series), Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 11.

Hamm, Ruth P., President's Column, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 1.

Hamm, Ruth P., President's Column, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 2.

Hamm, Ruth P., President's Message, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 6.

Hamm, Ruth P., President's Message, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 5.

Hamm, Ruth P., Reading and Rhythm: Metric Language, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 6.

Hamm, Ruth P., Reading Notation: One Approach, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 3.

Hamm, Ruth P., Russian Fairy Tale - Musical Composition Listening, A, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 32.

Hamm, Ruth P., Spoken Word in Music: Certain Choices, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 16.

Hamm, Ruth P., Unusual Scales, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 9.

Hamm, Ruth P., Word, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 6.

Hamm, Ruth P., Jacobeth Postl, Yes, There Will Be Another!, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 2.

Harding, James, Lights! Camera! Action: Orff Schulwerk and the moving picture, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 25.

Harding, James, Playing with Blocks, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 10.

Harding, James, Round the Oak Tree, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 35.

Hardy, Dianne, Note Versus Rote, 1720-1995, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 22.

Hargrove, Gwen, Pieces from the Volumes: Places in Our Hearts (From the Classroom), Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 50.

Harnish, David, Translating Balinese music from gamelan to Orff ensemble, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 20.

Harpole, Patricia W, Microcomputer Music-Making: An Introduction, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 9.

Harris, James L., Activities for Therapy, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 12.

Harris, James L., What Makes an Activity "Therapeutic"? (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 11.

Harrison, Judy, New England Sampler, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 3.

Hartmann, Wolfgang, First Visit to the U. S., A, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 2.

Hartmann, Wolfgang, Report from Munich: "Can We Make Up Something Again today?", Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 2.

Hartmann, Wolfgang, Teaching Orff Schulwerk in China, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 6.

Harwood, Eve, Listening to Learn, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 18.

Harwood, Eve, Stalking the Wildflower with Multiple Lenses (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 13.

Haselbach, Barbara, Norman Goldberg, Doreen Hall, Joachim Matthesius, Margaret Murray, Liselotte Orff, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Haselbach, Barbara, Encounter with Modern Art Forms, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 9.

Haselbach, Barbara, Integrating the Arts Through Body Experience, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 20.

Haselbach, Barbara, Introduction to Closing Session, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 13.

Haselbach, Barbara, Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Haselbach, Barbara, Esther C. Gray (translated by), Movement and Dance: Integrated Elements of Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 5.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 29

Haselbach, Barbara, Esther C. Gray (translated by), Orff Schulwerk: A Continuing Heritage, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 8.

Haselbach, Barbara, Margaret Murray (translated by), Orff Schulwerk: Past, Present and Future, Thoughts about the development of an educational idea, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 7.

Haselbach, Barbara, Karl Alliger, Isabel McNeill Carley, Danai Gagne, Minna Ronnefeld, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 4.

Haskins, Eva, Cleveland Chapter, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 3.

Hawn, C.Michael, Musical Learning Through Play, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 18.

Headley, Debbie, Teaching at an inner-city school in Little Rock, Ark., Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 32.

Hedden, Debra Gordon, K-12 Years: Building Musical Skills, The, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 20.

Hedden, Steven K., Does Schulwerk Work with Junior High Students, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 17.

Hedden, Steven K., Music in Composition with Young Children (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 11.

Hedden, Steven K., Research Resources in Support of Your Teaching (Focus Research Series), Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 19.

Heil, Nancy, Celebrations: The Chronically Ill Child in the Classroom, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 5.

Hellden, Daniel, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 7.

Heller, Rosalie, Valda Kemp, Mary H. F. Klare, Jann Muck, Orff for the Instrumentalist (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 13.

Heller, Rosalie, Orff with Adults?, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 1.

Heller, Rosalie, Orff with an English Accent, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 1.

Heller, Rosalie, SOS for Piano Problems (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 14.

Heller, Rosalie, White Gloves and Holey Sheets, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 10.

Henneberger, Judy, Curriculum Development in Fairfax County, Virginia, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 25.

Hepburn, BethAnn, Cyndee Giebler, East Meets West, North and South: Students Anywhere Can Ring in Chinese New Year, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 16.

Herald, Marlene, Light New Fires (a Radical Departure?), Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 2.

Herron, Elizabeth, Judith Thomas (editor), Celebrations, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 10.

Hetrick, Pam, Doug Goodkin, Introduction, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 9.

Hetrick, Pam, Kathleen Arends, Harriet Coppoc, Is it appropriate to notate orchestrate music of another culture? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 45.

Hetrick, Pam, Doug Goodkin, Keetman Fund Recipients, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 34.

Hetrick, Pam, Martha O'Hehir, Many Faces of Orff Process, The: A Historical Perspective., Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 6.

Hetrick, Pam, Norman Goldberg and the power of music (Portrait series), Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 30.

Hetrick, Pam, Perspectives on African Music, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 27.

Hetrick, Pam, Doug Goodkin, Summer in Bali, A, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 8.

Hetrick, Pam, Using Orff-Schulwerk in the African Tradition by W. K. Amoaku, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 14.

Hewitt, Louise, Baltimore Workshop, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 3.

Higher Education Committee, Recommendations for Summer Training Courses in Orff-Schulwerk, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 3.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 30 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Hill, Linda, Early Music for an Early Age: When the Consort Came to School (From the Classroom), Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 36.

Hinshaw, Mary, Producing "The Sea and Me", Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 29.

Hoefs, Pamela, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 31.

Hoff, Daryce, Lunchtime Treats Offered, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 2.

Hofferd, Debra, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 30.

Hoffman, Kay, Funding Music Projects with Mini-Grants, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 37.

Holland, Bernard, Importance of Silence, The (reprint from New York Times) (Guest Editorial), Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 23.

Hollingsworth, Inge C. (translated by), Erich Katz, Carl Orff and His "Schulwerk" (Reprinted from Schweizerische Musikzeitung, 1933, No. 19), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 20.

Hollingsworth, Inge C. (translated by), Erich Katz, Music and Dance (A Review of Munchner Kammertanzbuhn) (Reprint from Freiburg Theater Gazette), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 21.

Holt, David, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Hoover, Brian, We Gather Together, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 42.

Horman, John D., Celebrations: The Orff Ensemble, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 12.

Houk, Sarah, Discovery Tour of Boston, A, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 2.

Howell, John R., Susan Taylor-Howell, Copyright Law, The: Public Domain, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 21.

Huffman, Carol, AOSA Announces Composition Contest, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 33.

Huffman, Carol, Chicago Connection: A Last Minute Checklist, The, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 2.

Huffman, Carol, Connecting the Word, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 14.

Huffman, Carol, Early Connection to Chicago, An, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 26.

Huffman, Carol, Let Me Connect You...to the Chicago Conference, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 2.

Huffman, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 5.

Huffman, Carol, Carolee Stewart, President's Message, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 5.

Huffman, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 5.

Huffman, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 5.

Huffman, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 6.

Huffman, Carol, President's Message, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 6.

Huffman, Carol, President's Page, The, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 6.

Huffman, Carol, President's Page, The, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 6.

Huffman, Carol, Teams at Work: Partnerships for Children, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 19.

Hug, JoElla, Making the Connection, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 9.

Hug, JoElla, Middle School Challenge, A: The Adolescent Singing Voice, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 8.

Hug, JoElla, Rediscovering Volume I through the Alto Recorder, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 32.

Hug, JoElla, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 31

Hug, Steve, Drumming to Build Community, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 9.

Hughes, Patricia W., AOSA: Taking Root, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 9.

Hughes, Patricia W., Keith Bissell: Vanguard of Orff's Schulwerk in North America, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 13.

Hughes, Patricia W., On Principles (Guest Editorial), Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 17.

Humphrey, David, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Humphreys, Marilyn, Ausgezeichnet! Isabel McNeill Carley's Legacy (Portrait Series), Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 24.

Hunter, Bryan, Inclusion in the Music Classroom or Inclusive Music Instruction?, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 28.

Hunter, Jann, Play: Enabling the Dreamer and Risk-taker in Every Child, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 24.

Hutchings, Nancy, Maine Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 5.

Hutton, Bruce, Tina Chancey, Scott Reiss, Hesperus and Crossover, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 11.

Jackson, Shirley, Street Games: East Texas, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 7.

Jacobson, Joshua R., Activities and Resources (What is Jewish Music?), Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 25.

Jacobson, Joshua R., What Is Jewish Music?, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 24.

Janovjak, Cathy, Linda Ross, Carla Rutschman, Will Schmid, Jo Taylor, What role should assessment play in Orff Schulwerk-based education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 31.

Jarjisian, Catherine, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit

Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Jaynes, Christina, Kites (For the Classroom), Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 21.

Jensen, Karen, Stuffing the Bag of Self: Early Experiences and Lifelong Effects, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 18.

Jessup, Lynne, Discovering Orff's First Xylophone, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 9.

Jessup, Lynne, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 26.

Jessup, Lynne, Tricksters We Know and Love, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 17.

Johnson, Gladys, Martin Buber - Carl Orff: Theory of Mutuality and Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 5.

Johnson, Judy L., Reflections: Growth of a New Chapter, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 29.

Johnson, Judy L., Liz Gilpatrick, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 30.

Johnson, Lynn, Few Thoughts, A, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 18.

Johnson, Lynn, Keetman Grantee Report, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 14.

Jones, Genevieve, Try Movement First, Vol. 8, No. 3 (May 1976), p. 1.

Jones, Holly, Letters from Salzburg, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 2.

Jones, Louise B., Greater Cleveland Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 7.

Jones, Loyal, Comparison of Black and Appalachian Storytelling, A, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 20.

Jones, Sherrell, Robert F. Allwarden, Diane Graham, Ruth M. Lowe, Sally Miller, Phillis C. Stycos, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Jones, Victoria P., Letter to the Editor, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 28.

Joseph, Annabelle, Jacobeth Postl (editor), Guideposts Rationale, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 4.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 32 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Judah-Lauder, Chris, Building Community with a Collaborative Approach, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 12.

Judah-Lauder, Chris, Janet Baker, Judith Cole, Janet Robbins, Tapestry of Time: A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 6.

Kaimakis, Janis, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Kallstrom, Christine, Orff, Laban, and Montessori Combined in Early Childhood Project, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 1.

Kaplan, Ronna, Adaptation, the fifth component of the Schulwerk, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 13.

Karras, Athan, Greek Dance Then and Now and Its Relation to Orff-Schulwerk, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 11.

Karras, Athan, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Mary Shamrock, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Kass, Barbara, Judith Thomas (editor), Orff and a Classroom Teacher, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 14.

Katz, Erich, Inge C. Hollingsworth (translated by), Carl Orff and His "Schulwerk" (Reprinted from Schweizerische Musikzeitung, 1933, No. 19), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 20.

Katz, Erich, Inge C. Hollingsworth (translated by), Music and Dance (A Review of Munchner Kammertanzbuhn) (Reprint from Freiburg Theater Gazette), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 21.

Keefe, Liz, Crossing the Boundaries, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 16.

Keefe, Liz, Sing to Springtime, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 49.

Keetman, Gunild, Letters, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 2.

Keetman, Gunild, Isabel McNeill Carley (co-translated by), Rosemarie Kelischek (co-translated by), Reminiscences of the Guntherschule,

Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 13 (Spring 1978).

Kelischek, Rosemarie (co-translated by), Isabel McNeill Carley (co-translated by), Gunild Keetman, Reminiscences of the Guntherschule, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 13 (Spring 1978).

Keller, Wilhelm, General Remarks: From Introduction to Music for Children (translated by Joachim Matthesius), Vol. 3, No. 2 (Feb 1971), p. 2.

Keller, Wilhelm, Huron Carol, The, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 20.

Kelley, Robin, Keetman Scholar Report, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 13.

Kelly, Ruth, Long Island Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 8.

Kemp, Valda, Rosalie Heller, Mary H. F. Klare, Jann Muck, Orff for the Instrumentalist (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 13.

Kemp, Valda, Orff Philosophies Applied to Piano Teaching (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 15.

Kennedy, Maureen, Digging for Sources (Guideposts), Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 12.

Kennedy, Maureen, Orff Training in the U. S.: A Question of Quality (Guest Editorial:), Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 5.

Kennedy, Maureen, Philosophy of Orff Schulwerk, The (Guest Editorial), Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 11.

Kennedy, Susan, Dance Definition and Falling Walls, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 23.

Kennedy, Susan, Into Gold: Alchemy in the Movement Class, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 15.

Kennedy, Susan, Deborah Goodell, Is Movement Fundamental or Incidental? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 41.

Kennedy, Susan, Roots Entwined: Orff Schulwerk and the German Modern Dance, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 7.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 33

Kenney, Maureen, So Where Do I Go Next?, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 2.

Kenney, Maureen, Thoughts on Improvisation, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 7.

Kenney, Stephen B., Why Is It Important for Young Children to Experience the Arts?, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 3.

Kephart, Susan, Yvette Canizares, H. Susan Manzano, Letters of Thanks for Grants Awarded, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 37.

Kerlee, Paul, Celebrations: Rigs O'Marlow, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 6.

Kerlee, Paul, Kodaly Experience, A, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 6.

Kerlee, Paul, Notes from National, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 15.

Kertz-Welzel, Alexandra, Piano improvisation develops musicianship, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 11.

Key, Jomelle F., GAP: The Gunn Arts Projects, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 17.

Kimberling, Margaret, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

King, Carol, Karen Medley, Susan Van Dyck, Bridging Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 7.

King, Carol, Karen Medley, Susan Van Dyck, Bringing Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 6.

King, Carol, Donald Slagel (editor), From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 15.

King, Carol, Memphis Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 6.

King, Carol, Regional Feature: Focus on Region Four, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 18.

King, Carol, Shirley W. McRae, Vivian Murray, Konnie K. Saliba, Mary Shamrock, Remembering Nancy Ferguson, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 47.

King, Carol, Something Old and Something New, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 7.

King, Gary, Can We Create with Folk Culture? Finding Our Feet in Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 27.

King, Gary, Langstaff Jig No. 2, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 17.

Kintner, Robert, Orff in the Inner City, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 1.

Kintner, Robert, Why Does Orff Work?, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 1.

Kirk, Colleen, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Virginia H. Mead, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Klare, Mary H. F., Orff Approach and Beginning Orchestra, The (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 13.

Klare, Mary H. F., Rosalie Heller, Valda Kemp, Jann Muck, Orff for the Instrumentalist (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 13.

Klare, Mary H. F., Virginia N. Ebinger, Spirit of St. Louis: Impressions Gathered, The, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 3.

Klinger, Rita, Children's Song Acquisition: Learning through Immersion (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 35.

Knapp, Ruth Ann, Prayer, A, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 7.

Knapp, Ruth Ann, What Ever Happened to Music?, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 4.

Knudson, Donna K., Keetman Fund Recipient, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 20.

Kolasky, Betsy, Reflections on Musica Humana: From Classroom to Concert Hall, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 27.

Koonce, Konnie, American Orff Schulwerk Association Sixth Annual National Conference, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 1.

Koonce, Konnie, Conference Preview, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 1.

Koonce, Konnie, Conference Preview, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 4.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 34 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Koonce, Konnie, Let Us Sing and Play with Joy!, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 4.

Koonce, Konnie, Music Is So Much Fun This Way, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 4.

Koonce, Konnie, Seventh Conference, A Collage of Sound and Color, The, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 1.

Kriske, Jeff, Jay Broeker, Robert de Frece, Randy DeLelles, Richard Spalding, Jon Sywassink, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

Krueger, Joan, Gifted Programs: An On-Site Report, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 5.

Krumich, John, Savannah Children SCORE a Success, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 6.

Krumich, John, Strings with Orff? It's in the SCORE, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 37.

Kugler, Michael, Dance and Movement in the Guenther-Schule (reprint from Informationen 43), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 31.

Kunz, Mary Lou, Berkshire-Hudson Valley Chapter, The, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 5.

Kunzman, Carolyn R., Ursula Rempel, For Our Pastance, We Play and Dance: Teaching Renaissance Music and Dance to Young Performers, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 17.

Kuster, Gail, How Has Orff Changed My Life?, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 23.

La Marca, Jeff, Orff Schulwerk: Supplemental, Essential or Enrichment?, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 13.

Ladendecker, Dianne, Happy Birthday, St. Louis AOSA, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 10.

Lahman, B. J., AOSA Logo, The, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 15.

Lahman, B. J., More Publicity, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 15.

Lahman, B. J., New Executive Secretary, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 8.

Lahman, B. J., Orff At ISME, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 9.

Lane, Michael, Orff and the World of Nature (Reprinted from The Orff Times) (Guest Editorial), Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 4.

Larson, Paul, Mollie Rubenstein, Recorder Consort Goes to School, A (reprint from The American Recorder), Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 10.

Lasko, Judy, Movement Journals: Voices from Within, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 38.

Lawless, Caprice, Accidental Artist, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 38.

Lawless, Caprice, Editor's Note, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 17.

Lawless, Caprice, Orff Echo Index updated, posted on AOSA Web site, The, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 38.

Layton, Richard, Schulwerk, Mythology and the Upper Elementary Student, The, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 14.

Leahy, Barbara, Tamara Meier, Joan Eckroth Riley, Thank You, Gunild Keetman Assistance Fund!, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 25.

Lee, Ella W., Connections with the Past: A Multi-Cultural Lesson in Progress, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 10.

Lenhart, Suzi, Private Orff studio serves the home-schooled community, A, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 35.

Leonard, Stephen F., Regional Folklore: Untapped Source, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 8.

Leonard, Stephen F., Special Songs… Special Kids: Learning Opportunities for the Special Learner, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 20.

Levi, Tanneice, Karen Medley (editor), Children's Thoughts on Music, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 30.

Levine, Claire, Classic Inspirations for Movement, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 13.

Levine, Claire, Joachim Matthesius, Commentary and Response: Pro Merito Award, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 33.

Levine, Claire, Dance Literacy, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 10.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 35

Levine, Claire, Detroit Chapter Sponsors Index, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 7.

Levine, Claire, Fill the Space with Dance: Another Dimension (Centerfold), Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 13.

Levine, Claire, Getting It All Together, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 6.

Levine, Claire, Greater Detroit Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 5.

Levine, Claire, It's Orff, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 2.

Levine, Claire, Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Levine, Claire, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 33.

Levine, Claire, Movement, Rhythm, and Dance, Vol. 3, No. 2 (Feb 1971), p. 1.

Levine, Claire, Movement: Elemental Style, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 6.

Levine, Claire, Ons Dorado, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 2.

Levine, Claire, Reminiscences: Orff Schulwerk at the Detroit Psychiatric Institute, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 30.

Levine, Claire, To the Editor, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 18.

Levine, Marilyn, Marshia Beck, Danai Gagne, Beth Miller, Brigitta Warner, Finding Books on Movement (Getting Started), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 28.

Levine, Marilyn, Carol Erion, Pat Hamill, Barbara Potter, Panel in Print: Beyond Sixth Grade, A, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 3.

Levine, Marilyn, Marshia Beck, Claire Seger, Richard E. Watt, Watercolors...with Several Brushes, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 2.

Libana (compiled by), From "A Circle is Cast", Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 1.

Liesenfelt, Lisa, Keetman Scholar, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 29.

Lind, Jana, Teach, Perform, Assess: A Cycle for Success, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 19.

Ling, Stuart J., Anna Lechner (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 7.

Link, Lorene, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Barbara Sparti, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Lippi, Cora, Language of Morris, Once-to-Yourself, The, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 29.

Lockhart, Arietha, Eleanor Michaud, Thelma Rozukalns, Anna Marie Spallina, Keetman Fund Recipients Express Thanks, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 22.

Logan, Moira, Susan Applebaum, Nadine Saitlin, Leona B. Wilkins, Creativity and the Related Arts (Prologue to Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 12.

Logan, Moira, Susan Applebaum, Nadine Saitlin, Leona B. Wilkins, Dance Drama Music Art (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 11.

Logbeck, Karen, Esther C. Gray, Arvida Steen, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Opposing Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Loney, Glenn, At Home with Carl Orff, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 5.

Longden, Sanna, Focusing on the "Folk" in Folk Dance, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 11.

Longden, Sanna, Folk Dancing and Orff Schulwerk: The Perfect Partners (For the Classroom), Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 13.

Longden, Sanna, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Lopez-Ibor, Sofia, Nature of Music, The, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 14.

Losack, Evelyn, Olympic Program, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 24.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 36 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Loser, Sue, Lois Theimer, Maureen Travis, Keetman Assistance Fund Recipients, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 36.

Lowe, Ruth M., Robert F. Allwarden, Diane Graham, Sherrell Jones, Sally Miller, Phillis C. Stycos, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Luder, Heide, One Evening (Reprint from Maja Lex: Ein Portrait der Tanzerin Choreographin und Padagogin), Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 26.

Lunbeck, Linda, Sarah Goldstein (Portrait Series), Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 30.

Lunz, Marcia, Sally Miller, Karen Morris, Rudi Registrato, Richard Spalding, John Stanton, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Lunz, Marcia, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 21.

Lunz, Marcia, In Brief, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 20.

Lunz, Marcia, Life Values Inherent in the Schulwerk, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 7.

Lunz, Marcia, Orff-Schulwerk and Church Music, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 3.

Lunz, Marcia, Special Course - 1973-74, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 2.

Lunz, Marcia (co-editor), Donald Slagel (co-editor), Circle With Us (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 11.

Lyne, Jennifer, Creativity and Improvisation: Orff Schulwerk in the Strings Classroom, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 31.

Lyons, Dorothy, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Maddox, Ralph, Printed Program, The: Destined for Scrapbook or Scrap Heap? (From the Classroom), Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 50.

Maddox, Ralph, Teaching an Instrumental Piece from the Volumes, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 15.

Mahone, Dianne, South Central Minnesota Orff Chapter, The Spirit of, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 7.

Maloney, Barbara, Judy Atkinson, Dan Augenstein, Kay Copley, World Is a Circle, The (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 11.

Maltas, Carla Jo, Joan Pappas, Older adults respond to the Orff approach, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 17.

Mandelstein, Lisa, International Summer Course, The: Thoughts on Cross-Cultural Understanding, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 24.

Mantel, Sarah, Susan Wheatley, Opera and Orff: A Creative Synergy, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 7.

Manzano, H. Susan, Yvette Canizares, Susan Kephart, Letters of Thanks for Grants Awarded, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 37.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 3.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 37

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, From the Editor, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 3.

Marchetti, Donna, Reverberations (Spring 1995 Insert), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995)Insert.

Marchetti, Donna, Reverberations (Summer 1995 Insert), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995)Insert.

Marchetti, Donna, Reverberations (Winter 1995 Insert), Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995)Insert.

Marchetti, Donna (editor), Reverberations (Fall 1997 Insert), Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997)Insert.

Marchetti, Donna (editor), Reverberations (Winter 1998 Insert), Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998)Insert.

Marchetti, Donna (editor), Supplement to the Index of The Orff Echo (Volumes 28-29), Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997)Insert.

Margeson, Fran, Our Senior Citizens, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 1.

Marshall, Cak, Deborah Goodell, Linda Goss, Janet Underhill, Bonnie Wilder, Christmas-Hanukkah Dilemma, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Marshall, Cak, Contributor's Column, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 4.

Marshall, Cak, Give Your Sharpshooters a Shot!, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 8.

Marshall, Cak, Only the Shadow Knows, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 21.

Marshall, Cak, Marilyn Davidson, Meg De Mougin, Wes McCune, Alice Olsen, What constitutes good repertoire in Orff Schulwerk instruction? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 30.

Maschat, Verena, Basic Dance Forms, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 17.

Maschat, Verena, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 7.

Masiak, Kate, Justin Stadtlander, Janet Wightman, Sun, the Source, the Schulwerk: Children's Voices, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 24.

Massello-Chiacos, Donna, Creating a Partnership with the Volumes of Music for Children, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 24.

Matthesius, Joachim, Claire Levine, Commentary and Response: Pro Merito Award, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 33.

Matthesius, Joachim, Norman Goldberg, Doreen Hall, Barbara Haselbach, Margaret Murray, Liselotte Orff, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 38 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Matthesius, Joachim, Essence of the Schulwerk, The, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 7 (1976).

Matthesius, Joachim, Greater Detroit, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 3.

Matthesius, Joachim, In Memoriam, Carl Orff, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 3.

Matthesius, Joachim, Letter from Salzburg, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 1.

Matthesius, Joachim, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 4.

Matthesius, Joachim, Nomination Procedure, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 1.

Matthesius, Joachim, President's Column, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 1.

Matthesius, Joachim, President's Column, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 8.

Matthesius, Joachim, President's Message, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 1.

Matthesius, Joachim, Report on the 6th International Summer Workshop at the Orff-Institute, Salzburg July 15-24, 1969, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 5.

Matthesius, Joachim, Suggestions from Joe Matthesius, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 5.

Matthesius, Joachim, Twenty-Four Times Two Plus Three, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 1.

May, Jan, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

May, Jan, Kopeyia, Ghana: Living Schulwerk, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 10.

May, Jan, Letter from Kopeyia, Ghana, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 15.

Mazer, Susan, Dallas Smith, Sing a Song for the Sick and Tense, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 17.

McCarthy, Marie, Singing Games: Researching Their Historical and Cultural Context, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 47.

McClellan, Norma, Orff, the Arts and the Civil War, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 26.

McCord, David, William Sano (arranged by), Tick Tock Talk, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 13.

McCormick, Eloise, Avon E. Gillespie, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 5.

McCormick, Eloise, Holidays (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 11.

McCormick, Eloise, In Memoriam (Trudl Dubsky Zipper), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 8.

McCormick, Eloise, In Memoriam: Alberta Sharp, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 24.

McCormick, Eloise, National Board Report, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 21.

McCormick, Eloise, News From National, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 10.

McCormick, Eloise, News from National, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 18.

McCormick, Eloise, Orff Schulwerk and the Classroom Teacher, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 4.

McCormick, Sue, Shields-Gillespie Scholarship Fundraiser Campaign Opens "Hats Across America", Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 32.

McCosh, Phyllis, Birth of a Boy's Choir, The, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 11.

McCoy, Martha, Music and Language, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 5.

McCreary, Peggy, Beyond Rubber Bands, Paper Plates, and Bottle Caps (Centerfold), Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 15.

McCreary, Peggy, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 17.

McCreary, Peggy, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 54.

McCreary, Peggy, Timpani Tips, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 12.

McCune, Wes, Marilyn Davidson, Meg De Mougin, Cak Marshall, Alice Olsen, What constitutes good repertoire in Orff Schulwerk instruction?

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 39

(Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 30.

McCusker, Joan, Musical Literacy: Product or Process? (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 40.

McDonnell, Wayne, Jefferson Dancers (photo), The, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 23.

McDonnell, Wayne, POSA Instrument Committee (photo), Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 25.

McDowell, Carol, Carlos Abril, R. J. David Frego, Attending summer courses: Why We Do It, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 20.

McLaughlin, Heather, Babies to Grandparents: Family Music Making in Australia, Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 29.

McLaughlin, Heather, Christmas Story, The: A Community Celebration (reprint Informationen 43), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 22.

McLaughlin, Heather, Invitation to Australia!, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 38.

McLaughlin, Heather, Lorna Parker, Keith Smith, Orff-Schulwerk in Australia (Centerfold), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 15.

McMillen, Judith, Doug Wilson, Drum (The), The Voice, The Dance, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 2.

McMillen, Judith, Doug Wilson, Drum, the Voice, the Dance, The, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 2.

McRae, Shirley W., Orff Goes to School or Why Didn't Somebody Tell Us Music Could Be Like This?, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 2.

McRae, Shirley W., Carol King, Vivian Murray, Konnie K. Saliba, Mary Shamrock, Remembering Nancy Ferguson, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 47.

Mead, Virginia H., And So They Skipped!, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 17.

Mead, Virginia H., Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, William Willet, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Medd, Helga, Central California Tree Bears Fruit, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 27.

Medd, Helga, Learning to Read: Developing Auditory Discrimination Through the Orff Schulwerk Process, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 23.

Medley, Karen, AOSA Grant Winners Announced, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 17.

Medley, Karen, Deborah Goodell, Lillian J. Yaross, Begin with Words! (For the Classroom), Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 14.

Medley, Karen, Carol King, Susan Van Dyck, Bridging Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 7.

Medley, Karen, Carol King, Susan Van Dyck, Bringing Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 6.

Medley, Karen, John Bednar, Rose Grelis, Richard E. Watt, Declaration of Interdependence, A, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 2.

Medley, Karen, Financial Assistance Committee Report, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 16.

Medley, Karen, Grants Committee Report, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 32.

Medley, Karen, Keetman Committee Report, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 35.

Medley, Karen, Richard E. Watt, Philadelphia - A Declaration of Interdependence, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 2.

Medley, Karen (editor), Terrance Baker, Erika Stinson, Children's Thoughts on Music, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 29.

Medley, Karen (editor), Tanneice Levi, Children's Thoughts on Music, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 30.

Meek, Bill, Wee Falorie Man, The (from Moon Penny), Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 1.

Meier, Tamara, Barbara Leahy, Joan Eckroth Riley, Thank You, Gunild Keetman Assistance Fund!, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 25.

Metzner, Linda, Keetman Recipient, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 41.

Meyer, Sallie, Ann K. Flynn, Kim Smith, Grant Winners Express Thanks, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 33.

Meyerson, Vivienne, I'm a Circle, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 1.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 40 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Meyerson, Vivienne, South Africa Sends a Song, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 28.

Michaud, Christopher, Shapes Song, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 28.

Michaud, Eleanor, Arietha Lockhart, Thelma Rozukalns, Anna Marie Spallina, Keetman Fund Recipients Express Thanks, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 22.

Mickle, Gwen, Ruth Ann Chiaraluce, Doug Wilson, Meg Worth, Colorado Collage, Denver 1990, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 2.

Mickle, Gwen, Fleas and Flies (For the Classroom), Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 12.

Miller, Beth, Frederica Thames, Sharon Vrieland, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 2.

Miller, Beth, Frederica Thames, Sharon Vrieland, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 4.

Miller, Beth, Banners That Waved, The, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 14.

Miller, Beth, Celebrations: The Year of the Recorder, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 5.

Miller, Beth, Cross Currents, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 27.

Miller, Beth, Randy Taylor, Drama: A Creative Process (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 11.

Miller, Beth, Marshia Beck, Danai Gagne, Marilyn Levine, Brigitta Warner, Finding Books on Movement (Getting Started), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 28.

Miller, Beth, News and Views, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 22.

Miller, Beth, Recorders in the Orff Approach: Moving, Singing, Playing, Improvising (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 11.

Miller, Beth (editor), News and Views, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 27.

Miller, Boo, Music Programs, an Alternate Solution (For the Classroom), Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 25.

Miller, Boo, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Miller, Frederick, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Miller, Sally, Marcia Lunz, Karen Morris, Rudi Registrato, Richard Spalding, John Stanton, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Miller, Sally, Robert F. Allwarden, Diane Graham, Sherrell Jones, Ruth M. Lowe, Phillis C. Stycos, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Miller, Sally, Orff Schulwerk in the Lobby, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 42.

Misenhelter, Dale, Preparing to Teach: Essential Experiences in Music and Movement, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 28.

Mistele, Lorna Dee, History and Outreach of the Greater Detroit Chapter, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 7.

Mix, Theodore, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 5.

Mix, Theodore, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 2.

Mix, Theodore, Scholarship Fund Established (Topic = Keetman Scholarship), Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 6.

Monssen, Linda, Wave Hill Revels: A Community Celebration, The, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 15.

Monticello, Donna, 1985-86 Annual Report Compilation, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 27.

Monticello, Donna, 1986-87 National Annual Report Summary, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 29.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 41

Monticello, Donna, Marilyn Collins, Claudia Springer, Carolyn Tower, Watercolors: An International Palette...Awaits Your Presence to Unfold, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 18.

Moore, Margaret, Sydney Burns! Ninth Australian Conference of Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 31.

Moore, Robin, Finding a Story to Tell, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 33.

Moore, Robin, Searching for a Vein of Gold: Finding a Story to Tell, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 9.

Morgan, Linda, Memphis Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 8.

Morgan, Linda, Memphis Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 7.

Morgan, Linda, Memphis Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 6.

Morris, Beth, Guideposts: Using the Recorder in Your Orff Classes, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 8.

Morris, Edith, Denver Cultural Arts Program, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 3.

Morris, Grace M., Books - A Springboard to Composition, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 23.

Morris, Grace M., Books are for Moving Children (From the Classroom), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 45.

Morris, Grace M., Folk Song Structure...Folk Tale Structure...Practice Structure, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 24.

Morris, Karen, Marcia Lunz, Sally Miller, Rudi Registrato, Richard Spalding, John Stanton, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Morrison, Nicholas, Leslie Timmons, Dough $, Re, Mi: A, B, Cs of Educational Fundraising, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 17.

Muck, Jann, Foreign Exchange, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 21.

Muck, Jann, Rosalie Heller, Valda Kemp, Mary H. F. Klare, Orff for the Instrumentalist (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 13.

Muck, Jann, Orff Process for the Band Student (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 16.

Mueller, Alicia K., Effect of Movement-Based Instruction on the Melodic Perception of Primary-Age General Music Students, The (Focus on Research), Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 45.

Mueller, Sue, President's page, The, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 6.

Mueller, Sue, President's Page, The, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 6.

Mueller, Sue, President's Page, The, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 6.

Mueller, Sue, President's Page, The, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 6.

Mueller, Sue, President's Page, The, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 6.

Muller, Douglas, Jack Chambliss, Self Concept in a Music Classroom, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 25.

Munoz, Oscar, Don Martin, a Children's Song from Mexico, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 18.

Munsen, Sylvia, Description and Analysis of an Orff Schulwerk Program of Music Education, A (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 15.

Murphy, Marilyn, Take a Gamble on Reading with Music, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 4.

Murray, Margaret, Norman Goldberg, Doreen Hall, Barbara Haselbach, Joachim Matthesius, Liselotte Orff, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Murray, Margaret, Framework for Improvisation (reprint from Orff Times), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 33.

Murray, Margaret, Introducing The Orff Society of Great Britain (Centerfold), Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 15.

Murray, Margaret, Remembering Gunild Keetman (reprint from Orff Times, Feb. 1991), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 7.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 42 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Murray, Margaret, Reminders from Margaret Murray, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 3.

Murray, Margaret, Reminders from Margaret Murray, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 4.

Murray, Margaret, We Will Call Him James, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 13.

Murray, Margaret (translated by), Carl Orff, How the Orff Instruments Came Into Being, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 7.

Murray, Margaret (translated by), Barbara Haselbach, Orff Schulwerk: Past, Present and Future, Thoughts about the development of an educational idea, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 7.

Murray, Vivian, Marjorie Campbelle, Margaret Dugard, Rainbows (For the Classroom), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 22.

Murray, Vivian, Carol King, Shirley W. McRae, Konnie K. Saliba, Mary Shamrock, Remembering Nancy Ferguson, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 47.

Myers, David E., Building Music Learning Communities: The Adult Years, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 24.

Nakoff, Julie, Orff on Wheels, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 18.

Narramore, Anita, Keetman Fund Thank You: Special Course at the Orff Institute, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 17.

Nash, Grace C., Creative Approach to Notation, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 3.

Nash, Grace C., Randy Edinger, Jane Frazee, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 21.

Nash, Grace C., Meet Your New President: Del Bohlmeyer, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 4.

Nash, Grace C., New Zealand: Two Weeks Were not Enough, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 9.

Nash, Grace C., Mary Shamrock, Carolyn Tower, Nurturing the Child's Body, Mind and Spirit Through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 20.

Nash, Grace C., Orff Impact Quotient...Rising, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 1.

Nash, Grace C., Pioneer Ideas: Guarantees for the Future (Guest Editorial), Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 23.

Nash, Grace C., Sharpening the senses: Teaching and thinking like Leonardo da Vinci, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 24.

Nash, Grace C., Jacobeth Postl (editor), Sing, Sing, What Shall We Sing? (Guideposts), Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 8.

Neal, Dorene, Indiana Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 6.

Neill, Jack, Beginning Classroom Experiences in Jazz, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 6.

Neill, Jack, Joshua Golbert, Sally Trenfield, Do TV shows and music videos for children help us or hinder us in our music education process? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 33.

Neill, Jack, Inspiration from "Down Under", Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 19.

Neill, Jack, Introducing Jazz in the Classroom Part 2, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 6.

Neill, Jack, Letter to Editor, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 32.

Neill, Jack, Music Class According to Murphy's Law, The, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 33.

Neill, Jack, Needed: Listening Therapists for the Aurally Retarded, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 13.

Neill, Jack, Off the Record, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 10.

Neill, Jack, Ostinati and Riffs - Classroom Connections, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 23.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998), p. 5.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 43

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, President's Message, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 5.

Neill, Jack, Response, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 34.

Neill, Jack, What Does Orff Have to Do with Real Music?, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 6.

Nelson, Joy, Listening Lessons: Are You Missing Vital Entry Points?, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 27.

Ness, Katheen, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Neumeyer, Laura, Improvisation With an Ulterior Motive, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 17.

Neumeyer, Laura, Ring Cycle a la Orff, The, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 18.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Accent on Music and Dance for Young Children: Music Workshops for Mothers and Babies, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 6.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Adapting Orff to the Music Series, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 1.

Nichols, Elizabeth, American Orff Clinician in Norway, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 17.

Nichols, Elizabeth, American Orff Folk Anthology?, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 3.

Nichols, Elizabeth, AOSA Conference, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 5.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Candace Crawford, William Wakeland, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part Two, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 3.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Ball State Concert Choir, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 4.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Canadian Conference, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 9.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Carley Consort, The, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 4.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 17.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 20.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 6.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 9.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 11.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 10.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 20.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 23.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 19.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 11.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 25.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Chapter News, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 20.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Children with Saundra Skyhar, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 5.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Composition Contest Update, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 4.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Excursions from Portland, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 22.

Nichols, Elizabeth, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 10.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Improvisation: Key to Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 2.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Instituting Movement with Children, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 4.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 44 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Nichols, Elizabeth, John Jacob Niles was dean of American balladeers, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 21.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Minutes of the Second Annual Orff-Schulwerk Association Conference - 1970, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 19.

Nichols, Elizabeth, More News:, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 21.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Music for the Deaf, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 4.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Names in the News, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 11.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Names in the News, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 15.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Names in the News, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 19.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Names in the News, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 24.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Orff in South Africa, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 12.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Orff Schulwerk and Creative Drama, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 2.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Orff Schulwerk and Pooh Bear (Guideposts), Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 7.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Relating Orff Schulwerk to the Manhattanville Contemporary Music Project, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 7.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Schulwerk Attracts American Composer, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 16.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Symphonic Senryu, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 33.

Nichols, Elizabeth, Vocables from Your Highway Map, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 13.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Chapter News, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 10.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Chapter News, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 10.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Chapter News, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 9.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Higher Education, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 18.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Higher Education, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 16.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Names in the News, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 15.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Names in the News, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 15.

Nichols, Elizabeth (editor), Orff in Higher Education, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 8.

Nichols, Kerri Lynn, Life Links: from body to mind and spirit, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 11.

Nichols, Michael R., Man in the Moon (For the Classroom), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 29.

Nicosia, Dolores J., Growing Up Musically Absurd, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 1.

Nielsen, Floraine, Minnesota Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 6.

Nordlund, Shelley, Me? Work with Orthopedically What?, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 12.

Novak, Kalman, Let's Make Musicians Out of Musical Children, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 3.

O'Connell, Marion, Boston Beckons: Make Plans Now, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 8.

O'Connell, Marion, Pat Hamill, Boston Conference, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 1.

O'Connell, Marion, Creative Teachers or Creative Pedagogy, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 1.

O'Connell, Marion, Forty-one Presidents (For the Classroom), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 22.

O'Connell, Marion, Good News (Topic = Establishment of Gunild Keetman Scholarship Fund), Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 4.

O'Connell, Marion, Gunild Keetman Scholarship Fund, The, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 18.

O'Connell, Marion, Pat Hamill, Last and Latest Words on the Conference, The, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 2.

O'Hagin, Isabel Barbara, Creative Movement in Small Spaces, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 14.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 45

O'Hagin, Isabel Barbara, Hope for our children: Sharing the migrant experience through music, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 9.

O'Hehir, Martha, Marjie Van Gunten, Artful lessons by design, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 9.

O'Hehir, Martha, Begin with the end in mind, The Schulwerk as curriculum for world theater (Cracking open the Volumes), Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 44.

O'Hehir, Martha, Pam Hetrick, Many Faces of Orff Process, The: A Historical Perspective., Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 6.

O'Hehir, Martha, Multi-tasking, Individualizing and Playing (From the Classroom), Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 26.

O'Hehir, Martha, reflection, A: what is artful music education?, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 25.

O'Hehir, Martha, Reflection: Orff-Schulwerk as the Phoenix of Music Education, A, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 10.

O'Hehir, Martha, Sailing school (Cracking open the Volumes), Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 19.

O'Hehir, Martha, Training therapeutic musicians in improvisation, theory, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 20.

O'Herron, Patricia, Orff practitioner as Language Arts Teacher, The, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 22.

Olsen, Alice, Marilyn Davidson, Meg De Mougin, Cak Marshall, Wes McCune, What constitutes good repertoire in Orff Schulwerk instruction? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 30.

O'Reilly, Cary, Starting in the Middle, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 15.

Orff, Carl, Arnold Walter, 1892-1973 (Translated by Joe Matthesius), Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 2.

Orff, Carl, Carl Orff's Greetings to the 5th Annual Conference (translated by Joachim Matthesius), Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 1.

Orff, Carl, Demonstration with Recordings, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 3.

Orff, Carl, Margaret Murray (translated by), How the Orff Instruments Came Into Being, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 7.

Orff, Carl, How the Orff Xylophone Was Born, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 5.

Orff, Carl, How the Orff-Instruments Came Into Being (translated by Margaret Murray), Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 3.

Orff, Carl, Orff Schulwerk: Past and Future, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 1 (1973).

Orff, Carl, Orff Schulwerk: Past and Future (Reprint from Supplement to the Orff Echo No 1, 1973), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 8.

Orff, Carl, Schulwerk and Music Therapy, The, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 10.

Orff, Liselotte, Norman Goldberg, Doreen Hall, Barbara Haselbach, Joachim Matthesius, Margaret Murray, Conference Panel: The Schulwerk in Retrospect: Hall, Murray, Orff, Matthesius, Haselbach, Goldberg, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 15.

Orff, Liselotte, Frau Orff Presents Films, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 24.

Osborne, Martha Evans, Tossi Aaron, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, David Stone, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Osborne, Martha Evans, Janet Greene, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 53.

Osterby, Pat, Keetman Fund Recipient, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 14.

Ostrander, Carolina, Cayuga Chapter of N. Y., Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Owen, Jackie, Todd's Song, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 14.

Owen, Jim Santi, Sophisticated Simplicity: North and South Indian Rhythmic Concepts as Applied to Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 20.

Ozeas, Natalie L., Dalcroze National Conference, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 19.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 46 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Palastro, Marianne A., Music, Drama and Integrated Language Arts, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 41.

Pappas, Joan, Carla Jo Maltas, Older adults respond to the Orff approach, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 17.

Paquette, Jacqueline, Dear Keetman Assistance Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 33.

Pardue, Tommie, Memphis Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 7.

Parish, Becky, History of the Central Ohio Chapter, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 11.

Parker, Alice, Language of Spirituals (Reprint from Melodious Accord Newsletter), The, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 35.

Parker, Alice, Singing By Ear (reprint from Melodious Accord Newsletter), Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 15.

Parker, Alice, Sound and Silence (reprint from Melodious Accord Newsletter), Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 10.

Parker, Alice, Y Theory Or the Case for Holistic Learning, The (reprint from Melodious Accord Newsletter), Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 21.

Parker, Lisa Ann, AOSA Drafts Teacher Apprenticeship Program, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 31.

Parker, Lisa Ann, Deborah Clem, Hilree Hamilton, Georgia on My Mind... Memories of the Jubilee 1989, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 2.

Parker, Lisa Ann, Tips on Taxes, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 25.

Parker, Lorna, Integrated Curriculum: Orff Schulwerk and Math, The, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 5.

Parker, Lorna, Orff Schulwerk Association of New South Wales (reprint from The Orff Schulwerk Bulletin of New South Wales), Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 10.

Parker, Lorna, Orff Schulwerk Curriculum: Simplifying the Documentation (reprint from Bulletin of OSA of New South Wales), Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 37.

Parker, Lorna, Heather McLaughlin, Keith Smith, Orff-Schulwerk in Australia (Centerfold), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 15.

Parkinson, Elfriede, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 26.

Parsons, Gerald, Tie a Yellow Ribbon (Reprinted from Folklife Center News), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 7.

Paulsen , Pat S., Case for Dance Everyday, A, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 1.

Paulsen , Pat S., Reflections on Movement, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 19.

Paxcia-Bibbins, Nancy, Mimi Samuelson (Portrait Series), Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 12.

Payne, Gareld, Learning Not to Skip, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 26.

Payne, Rosalyn, Learning from Each Other: "Step Chill'n" Remember Bessie Jones, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 9.

Peach, Peggy, Poetry and Movement, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 7.

Peak, Jan, Interview with Don Corbett, MENC President-Elect, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 23.

Perkio, Soili, Four Ways to a Lappish Drum, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 12.

Perry, Dorathy A., Observation in Discovery, An, Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 9.

Perry-Clark, Julia, Cathleen Brock, Carla Soll, Musicians of the Sun: Anatomy of a Performance, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 12.

Peskin, Carolyn, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 31.

Peskin, Carolyn, Recorder through the Ages: A Historical Survey, The, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 13.

Peters, Shirley, Doreen Hall: What She Undertook To Do, She Has Brought to Pass, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 28.

Petersen, Gerry, many gifts of Nancy Ferguson, The (Portrait Series), Vol. 37, No. 4 (Summer 2005), p. 34.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 47

Peterson, Meg, Interdisciplinary Symposium on Mainstreaming, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 8.

Pezick, Pat, Summer Course at the Orff Institute, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 13.

Phaup, Sandra, Gift of Curiosity, The: The da Vinci Project, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Fall 2003), p. 42.

Piazza, Giovanni, Learning from Orff Instruments, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 14.

Pinzino, Mary Ellen, To the Editor, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 6.

Pitcairn, Marilyn, Effective literacy instruction is embedded in Orff-based curriculum, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 26.

Piver, Dixie, Dancing Daddies: Movement Classes, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 9.

Piver, Dixie, In Orff Training - Movement Astonishes, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 15.

Pixton, Shelley, AOSA 1982-83 Annual Report Compilation, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 24.

Pixton, Shelley, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 25.

Pixton, Shelley, Regional Feature: Focus on Region I, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 23.

Pizzi, Deborah, Creek Walk: Integration of Schulwerk, Earth Science, Creative Writing, The, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 6.

Plank, Steven, Early Music and Orff Schulwerk: Some Notes on a Common Spirit, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 13.

Plaziak, Veronika, Mandala: Vibrant Vocables Into Dance-Drama, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 7.

Pline, Martha, For Gunild Keetman, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 6.

Pline, Martha, Metamorphoses, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 1.

Pline, Martha, On Failing, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 4.

Pline, Martha, Tighties and Loosies, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 3.

Pline, Martha, To Take Time, Vol. 8, No. 3 (May 1976), p. 2.

Poe, Cheryl, Denise Apperson, Sue Blinn, Moira P. Danis, Alan Purdum, Dear Keetman Assistance Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 37.

Pollak, Marcy, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 33.

Poole, Kathleen, Virginia N. Ebinger, Cecelia Riddell, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Supporting Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Poppe, Donna, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Poppe, Donna, Esther C. Gray, Interview with Michael Lane, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 14.

Poppe, Donna, Diane Graham, Doug Wilson, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 7.

Poppe, Donna, Diane Graham, Doug Wilson, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 6.

Poser, Hans, Isabel McNeill Carley (translated by), New Children's Song, The, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 4.

Postl, Jacobeth, Carolyn Tower, AOSA Film Next Spring, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 17.

Postl, Jacobeth, Arnold E. Burkart, Isabel McNeill Carley, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Wilma M. Salzman, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Postl, Jacobeth, Arts Center - Phase II, The, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 5.

Postl, Jacobeth, Beginnings...A Brief Look Back, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 5.

Postl, Jacobeth, Brief Report, Canadian Conference, Opus 2, A, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 2.

Postl, Jacobeth, Canon - A New Twist to an Old Form: Workshop Session presented by Ruth Hamm, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 5.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 48 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Postl, Jacobeth, Tossi Aaron, Finding Time, Space and Energy for Movement (Guideposts), Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 7.

Postl, Jacobeth, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Richard Spalding, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Postl, Jacobeth, For You and From You (For the Classroom), Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 31.

Postl, Jacobeth, Guideposts (Topic = Movement), Vol. 10, No. 2 (Winter 1978), p. 8.

Postl, Jacobeth, Guideposts (Topic = Sound Phrases), Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 15.

Postl, Jacobeth, Isabel McNeill Carley, Interview with Barbara Haselbach, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 9.

Postl, Jacobeth, Pat Brown, Interview with Richard Gill, Part I, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 5.

Postl, Jacobeth, Patricia Brown, Interview with Richard Gill, Part II, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 9.

Postl, Jacobeth, Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Stanley Rowland, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Postl, Jacobeth, Meet Your President, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 3.

Postl, Jacobeth, Notes From China, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 7.

Postl, Jacobeth, Orff Schulwerk in South Africa: An Interview with Miriam Schiff, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 11.

Postl, Jacobeth, Pittsburgh Conference, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Jan 1975), p. 1.

Postl, Jacobeth, Planning With Purpose, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 6.

Postl, Jacobeth, Recorder Demonstration, Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 4.

Postl, Jacobeth, Reflections on a Visit: Institute Jaques-Dalcroze, Geneva, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 10.

Postl, Jacobeth, Salute to Tossi, A, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 33.

Postl, Jacobeth, Lillian J. Yaross, Summer Institute in the Arts, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 3.

Postl, Jacobeth, Teaching from Models: Rhythm, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 8.

Postl, Jacobeth, Third Canadian Conference Thaws Ottawa Freeze, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 2.

Postl, Jacobeth, To Ruth, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 24.

Postl, Jacobeth, What Are the Unique Creative Characteristics of the Schulwerk?, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 1.

Postl, Jacobeth, Workshop Proposal Renewed by National Board, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 11.

Postl, Jacobeth, Ruth P. Hamm, Yes, There Will Be Another!, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 2.

Postl, Jacobeth (arranged by), Ruth P. Hamm, Guideposts (Topic = Speech), Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 4.

Postl, Jacobeth (editor), Lillian J. Yaross, Beginning Instrumental Pieces (Guideposts), Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 17.

Postl, Jacobeth (editor), Annabelle Joseph, Guideposts Rationale, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 4.

Postl, Jacobeth (editor), Jane Frazee, Guideposts: Complements of Peda, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 9.

Postl, Jacobeth (editor), Grace C. Nash, Sing, Sing, What Shall We Sing? (Guideposts), Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 8.

Postl, Jacobeth (editor), James Grigsby, Lillian J. Yaross, Tis the Gift (Centerfold), Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 13.

Potter, Barbara, Liz Gilpatrick, Assessment, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 6.

Potter, Barbara, Choice Is Ours, The, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 7.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 49

Potter, Barbara, Gunild Keetman Receives AOSA Birthday Present, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 5.

Potter, Barbara, Keetman Fellow, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 16.

Potter, Barbara, Keetman Fund Awards Grants, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 8.

Potter, Barbara, Keetman Fund: What Is It? Where Did It Come From?, The, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 24.

Potter, Barbara, Letter to the Membership, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 16.

Potter, Barbara, Magic Box, The, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 24.

Potter, Barbara, News and Views, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 25.

Potter, Barbara, News and Views, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 32.

Potter, Barbara, News and Views, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 33.

Potter, Barbara, News and Views, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 35.

Potter, Barbara, Carol Erion, Pat Hamill, Marilyn Levine, Panel in Print: Beyond Sixth Grade, A, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 3.

Potter, Barbara, Survey: Teacher Training Courses, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Winter 1987), p. 27.

Potter, Barbara (co-editor), Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Potter, Barbara (editor), News and Views, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 35.

Potter, Barbara (editor), News and Views, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 35.

Potter, Barbara (editor), News and Views, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 45.

Potter, Barbara (editor), News and Views, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 41.

Potter, Barbara (editor), News and Views, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 52.

Pratt, Alice, Magic of Words: Using Language to Enhance Musical Skills and Response, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 12.

Primus, Constance M., Erich Katz - Carl Orff: Longtime Friends, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 19.

Prince, Lucya, Need for Silence, The, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 17.

Prince, Lucya, No Pigeon-Hole Called "Music": Music and Reading, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 4.

Prince, Lucya, Pre-School Auditory and Perceptual Development, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 14.

Prince, Lucya, Mary Brown, Elaine Gillies, Reports from Conference Committees, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 4.

Prince, Lucya, Street Speech, School Speech, and the Orff Approach, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 3.

Pugh, Doris, Music, the Master Teacher, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 4.

Purdum, Alan, Creative Worship: Orff Schulwerk in the Children's Choir, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 30.

Purdum, Alan, Denise Apperson, Sue Blinn, Moira P. Danis, Cheryl Poe, Dear Keetman Assistance Fund Committee, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 37.

Purdum, Alan, Will Brecht, Marilyn Collins, Deanna Watson, Jan Williams, Point-Counterpoint: Does it matter if a musical product is achieved through mental exploration facilitated by technology or by moving and physically interacting with musical materials? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 42.

Queen, Dorothea, Long Island Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 6.

Ramseth, Betty Ann, Magic of Orff ... A Place to Begin, The, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 4.

Ramseth, Betty Ann, Tune In to the Music of Words, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 7.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 50 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Ramsey, Susan, Games with Upper Elementary Students (From the Classroom), Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999), p. 36.

Raniuk, Sophia, Gift of Self-Confidence, The, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 14.

Rapley, Janice, Higher Education, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 17.

Rapley, Janice, President's Message, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 12.

Rapley, Janice, President's Message, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 24.

Rapley, Janice, Trends in the Use of the Orff-Schulwerk in the United States, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 3.

Raskind, Carolyn, ARS/AOSA Connection, The, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 15.

Reavis, George H., Animal School, The, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 2.

Redcloud, Prince, NOW, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 10.

Reed, Marion, Idaho Orff Chapter Has Successful Sample Fair, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 22.

Registrato, Rudi, Marcia Lunz, Sally Miller, Karen Morris, Richard Spalding, John Stanton, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Regner, Hermann, About Singing: A Plea for the Vox Humana, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 4.

Regner, Hermann, Carl Orff's Educational Ideas: Utopia and Reality, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 12 (1977).

Regner, Hermann, Notes on the Carl Orff Manuscript, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 3.

Regner, Hermann, Remembering Ted Mix, Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 22.

Reineke, Toni, Is Music In Its Right Mind?, Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 3.

Reiss, Scott, Tina Chancey, Bruce Hutton, Hesperus and Crossover, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 11.

Rempel, Ursula, Carolyn R. Kunzman, For Our Pastance, We Play and Dance: Teaching Renaissance Music and Dance to Young Performers, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 17.

Rempel, Ursula, Carolyn F. Ritchey, Medieval Music and Dance or What You can Do with Only One Line, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 3.

Rhodes, Phillip, Kansas City Conference Keynote Address, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 13.

Richards, Carol, Orff Schulwerk and the Adolescent, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 4.

Richards, Carol, Providing a Good Model for the Next Generation of Teachers (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 40.

Richardson, Mary Lou, Learning Music a New Way - Orff for Adults, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 33.

Richardson, Mary Lou, Orff Program for Adults, An, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 32.

Richey, Joan, Indiana Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 8.

Riddell, Cecelia, Baby Play, Baby Sing, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 12.

Riddell, Cecelia, Gold Rush Revels, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 8.

Riddell, Cecelia, Giselle Whitwell, Patti Wiggins, Hearing + Listening = Moving + Feeling, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 28.

Riddell, Cecelia, Impressions of the Phoenix Conference, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 3.

Riddell, Cecelia, Mask and Music Making at Dominguez Hills, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 1.

Riddell, Cecelia, Mary Shamrock, Olympic Themes for the Classroom, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 7.

Riddell, Cecelia, Play Parties (Guideposts), Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 7.

Riddell, Cecelia, Virginia N. Ebinger, Kathleen Poole, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Supporting Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Riddell, Cecelia, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Judy Schneider, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 51

use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Riello, Pat Smith, Regional Feature: Focus on Region Five, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 10.

Rike, Greg, Orff Schulwerk background helpful in teaching a musical savant, Vol. 38, No. 1 (Fall 2005), p. 33.

Riley, Joan Eckroth, Barbara Leahy, Tamara Meier, Thank You, Gunild Keetman Assistance Fund!, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 25.

Riley, Martha C., American Orff Pioneer, An: Ruth Pollock Hamm (Portrait Series), Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 24.

Riley, Martha C., Early Childhood, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 8.

Riley, Martha C., Liz Gilpatrick, Early Music and Dance, Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 8.

Riley, Martha C., Experiencing Music Through English Country Dances, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 12.

Riley, Martha C., Folk Music and Dance, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 8.

Riley, Martha C., Millie Burnett, Folk Tales, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 12.

Riley, Martha C., Magna Charta of American Music Education: Words of 1838 Still Meaningful in 1988, A, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 14.

Riley, Martha C., Janet Robbins, Movement, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 6.

Riley, Martha C., Music of the Spirit: Intertribal American Indian Music from Michigan/Indiana, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 16.

Riley, Martha C., Orff Process Applied to Folk Dance, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 50.

Riley, Martha C., Regional American Music, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 8.

Riley, Martha C., Teaching Folk Dance: Interviews with a Few of AOSA's Experts, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 21.

Riley, Martha C., Teaching Music in the Multi-Age Classroom, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 26.

Riley, Martha C., Traveling the Rivers: Music of the Voyageurs in the Midwest, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 29.

Riley, Martha C., Marilyn Gunn, Upper Elementary, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 6.

Riley, Martha C., Wedding Dances: A Slice of Community Life, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 19.

Riley, Martha C. (co-editor), Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Ritchey, Carolyn F., Ursula Rempel, Medieval Music and Dance or What You can Do with Only One Line, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 3.

Ritchie, Judith, Rituals Lost? Rituals Found!, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 36.

Ritchie, Judith, Teaching Adults with Pitch Problems, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 10.

Robbins, Carol, Clive Robbins, Letter, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 4.

Robbins, Clive, Carol Robbins, Letter, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 4.

Robbins, Janet, Mary Helen Solomon, Boa Viagem: a good journey brings the Schulwerk from Rochester to Recife, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 9.

Robbins, Janet, Carol Erion, Building Community, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 9.

Robbins, Janet, Composing Community, A: Portrait of an Orff Classroom (Focus on Research), Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 35.

Robbins, Janet, Liz Gilpatrick, Improvisation, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 8.

Robbins, Janet, Mary Helen Solomon, Maracatu rhythm and Escravos de Jo instructions, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 10.

Robbins, Janet, Martha C. Riley, Movement, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 6.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 52 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Robbins, Janet, Mysteries of Creation: A Conversation with Libby Larsen, The, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 13.

Robbins, Janet, Myth and Creation, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 13.

Robbins, Janet, Reflections on Teacher Research (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 33.

Robbins, Janet, Research Interest Group Formed, Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 13.

Robbins, Janet, Researching Cross-Cultural Applications of Orff Schulwerk: Reflections on Mary Shamrock's Research (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 43.

Robbins, Janet, Singing, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 6.

Robbins, Janet, Judith Cole, Tapestry of Time, A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 6.

Robbins, Janet, Janet Baker, Judith Cole, Chris Judah-Lauder, Tapestry of Time: A Centenary Celebration, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 6.

Robbins, Janet, What's New at the Library, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 7.

Robbins, Janet, Rebecca Taylor, Where Two Worlds Meet, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 10.

Robbins, Shellie Kier, If Things Go Wrong, Just Sing a Song: Music in the Kindergarten Classroom, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 11.

Robinson, Linda K., First Steps to Folk Dancing, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 53.

Rogers, Dennis G., Wrappin' in the Summer (and we're not talkin' speech ensemble), Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 22.

Rogers, JoAnn, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 25.

Rogers, JoAnn, Virginia N. Ebinger, Orff in the Kindergarten, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 8.

Ronnefeld, Minna, Artistic Dimension in the Development of Our Children, The, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 5.

Ronnefeld, Minna, Karl Alliger, Isabel McNeill Carley, Danai Gagne, Barbara Haselbach, Vignettes,

Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 4.

Rosenberg, Linda J., Dear Orff Friends, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 27.

Rosenstengel, Albrecht, Everything has an end, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 1.

Ross, Linda, Cathy Janovjak, Carla Rutschman, Will Schmid, Jo Taylor, What role should assessment play in Orff Schulwerk-based education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 31.

Rothgarber, Herbert, Long Island Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 5.

Rothgarber, Herbert, Long Island Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Rothgarber, Herbert, Music and Other Areas of the School Curriculum, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 4.

Rowland, Stanley, AOSA Financial Report Fiscal Year 1978-79, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 18.

Rowland, Stanley, Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Peg Van Haaren, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Rowland, Stanley, Keetman Fund: A Dream Come True, The, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 6.

Rowland, Stanley, Repair and Maintenance of Instruments, Vol. 4, No. 1 (Nov 1971), p. 7.

Rozukalns, Thelma, Arietha Lockhart, Eleanor Michaud, Anna Marie Spallina, Keetman Fund Recipients Express Thanks, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 22.

Rubenstein, Mollie, Paul Larson, Recorder Consort Goes to School, A (reprint from The American Recorder), Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 10.

Rubin, Judy, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 24.

Rubin, Judy, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 35.

Rutschman, Carla, Cathy Janovjak, Linda Ross, Will Schmid, Jo Taylor, What role should

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 53

assessment play in Orff Schulwerk-based education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 31.

Ryan, Jim, Musique le Coeur des Cajun (Music the Heart of Cajun), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 13.

Sabourin, Diane, Sharing in Process: Orff Schulwerk in Intergenerational Settings., Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 32.

Saitlin, Nadine, Susan Applebaum, Moira Logan, Leona B. Wilkins, Creativity and the Related Arts (Prologue to Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 12.

Saitlin, Nadine, Susan Applebaum, Moira Logan, Leona B. Wilkins, Dance Drama Music Art (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 11.

Saliba, Konnie K., Aural, Imitative Approach to Exploring Instrumental Sounds (Guideposts), Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 5.

Saliba, Konnie K., Donald Corbett, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Judith Thomas, Conference Panel: Focus on the Future, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 11.

Saliba, Konnie K., Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, David Woods, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Saliba, Konnie K., Orff-Schulwerk at Memphis State University, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 10.

Saliba, Konnie K., Orff-Schulwerk Symposium, Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 1.

Saliba, Konnie K., Carol King, Shirley W. McRae, Vivian Murray, Mary Shamrock, Remembering Nancy Ferguson, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 47.

Salmon, Vicki, Ostinato in Motion, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 20.

Salmon, Vicki, Singing Can Be Moving, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 12.

Salmon, Vicki, Task at Hand: Creative Movement, The, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 11.

Salzman, Wilma M., Arnold E. Burkart, Isabel McNeill Carley, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Jacobeth Postl, Martha M. Wampler, AOSA

Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Salzman, Wilma M., Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005)Insert.

Salzman, Wilma M., Orff Schulwerk at the Music Center of the North Shore, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 3.

Sams, Roger, Carol Erion, Botany 101: The Roots of the Wildflower, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 34.

Sams, Roger, Developmental artistry, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 36.

Sams, Roger, Mining for Gems: Working with Small Pieces and Fragments by Orff and Keetman, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 20.

Sams, Roger, Orff Schulwerk as Sacred Experience, Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 41.

Samuelson, Miriam (translated by), Manuela Widmer, Music Drama, Elemental Style, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 20.

Sano, William, New England Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 7.

Sano, William, New England Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 5.

Sano, William, New England Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 7.

Sano, William (arranged by), David McCord, Tick Tock Talk, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 13.

Sapegin, Judy, Task Force to Save Music, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Summer 1984), p. 14.

Sarrazin, Natalie, Alaskan Athapaskan Indians: Children, Music, Culture, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 34.

Saul, Jeannette, Orff in Colombia, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 8.

Schafer, Andrea, Play-full Ideas for Teaching Beginning Recorder (For the Classroom), Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 27.

Schafer, R. Murray, Esther C. Gray (editor), Experience in Basel (Centerfold), Vol. 14, No. 2 (Winter 1982), p. 11.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 54 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Schiff, Miriam, Orff Schulwerk in South Africa, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 8.

Schlesinger, Charlotte, Canon: Foxhollow Birthday Round, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 21.

Schmid, Will, Cathy Janovjak, Linda Ross, Carla Rutschman, Jo Taylor, What role should assessment play in Orff Schulwerk-based education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 31.

Schmidt, Lloyd, Orff and the Administrator, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 6.

Schmidt, Peggy, Puppetry and the Orff Process, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 8.

Schneider, Judy, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Marilyn Shepard, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Schnoor, Nedra, Reciprocity: Building Bridges Through Communication, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 22.

Schorn, Ursula, Dance and Imagination: The Creative Art Process, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 13.

Schorn, Ursula, Discovering the Inner Dancer, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 36.

Schorn, Ursula, Guest Editorial: Elemental Thoughts about Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 20.

Schrader, Jacque, Four Moments in Time: Reflections on the Orff Institute, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 24.

Schrader, Jacque, Moving Kaleidoscopes: Islamic Design in Motion, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 11.

Schrattenecker, Traude, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 7.

Schuck, Celine, Orff approach in creating a Wayang, The: A reflection of the creative process, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 46.

Schultz, Veronika P., creative process reflected in nature, The, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 43.

Schultz, Veronika P., Down the Dusty Trail..., Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 3.

Schultz, Veronika P., Early Childhood: Unmapped Territory or Settled Terrain, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Spring 1989), p. 25.

Schultz, Veronika P., Spring Fling (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 15.

Schultz, Veronika P., Wandering for Our Roots: Wildflowers!, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 28.

Schultz, Veronika P., What's That? Sing It with Signing, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 17.

Schultz, Veronika P., Stan Werlin, Wordmaker Wordmaker (From the Classroom) (Reprint from Cricket Magazine), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 48.

Scott, Susan, Purcell in Kenya, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 27.

Seeger, Pete, Why Folk Music?, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 3.

Seger, Claire, Help for the Dyslexic Child: More Good News for Music Education?, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 31.

Seger, Claire, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 4.

Seger, Claire, Our Garden Does Grow, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 25.

Seger, Claire, Meg Worth, Sam and His Singing Saw: An Interview with Sam Arnold, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 5.

Seger, Claire, Marshia Beck, Marilyn Levine, Richard E. Watt, Watercolors...with Several Brushes, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 2.

Seibold, Patricia, Breaking the Listening Barrier, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 23.

Seibold, Patricia, Dear Orff Friends, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 8.

Seibold, Patricia, Music in the Museum: A Middle School Experience, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 13.

Seibold, Patricia, Need Instruments? Try This Idea, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 21.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 55

Shakeley, Elaine, Closed Circuit TV and Orff, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 6.

Shamrock, Mary, AOSA Guidelines for Levels I, II, III Now Completed and Available, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 18.

Shamrock, Mary, Avon Gillespie 1938-1989, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 3.

Shamrock, Mary, Consideration of "Traditional," A: Opening Address, "Atlanta Jubilee" 1989, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 2.

Shamrock, Mary, Editorial, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 7.

Shamrock, Mary, Editor's Final Word, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 32.

Shamrock, Mary, Embracing Music Cultures Through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 21.

Shamrock, Mary, Ethnic Musics and the Schulwerk: Examining What and Why, Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 3.

Shamrock, Mary, From the Editor, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 6.

Shamrock, Mary, Interview with William Amoaku, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 7.

Shamrock, Mary, Grace C. Nash, Carolyn Tower, Nurturing the Child's Body, Mind and Spirit Through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 20.

Shamrock, Mary, Cecelia Riddell, Olympic Themes for the Classroom, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 7.

Shamrock, Mary, Judith Thomas, Orff Schulwerk in the U. S.: Our Expanding Challenges, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 3.

Shamrock, Mary, Orff Schulwerk: An Integrated Foundation (reprint from Music Educators Journal), Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 3.

Shamrock, Mary, Ostinato: In the Schulwerk, in the World Beyond, The, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 12.

Shamrock, Mary, Pacific Fusion: Embracing Music Cultures Through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 2.

Shamrock, Mary, Carol King, Shirley W. McRae, Vivian Murray, Konnie K. Saliba, Remembering Nancy Ferguson, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 47.

Shamrock, Mary, Teaching Orff Schulwerk in China, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 8.

Shamrock, Mary, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Judith Thomas, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Shamrock, Mary, Using Song Material from the Original Schulwerk Volumes (Guideposts), Vol. 12, No. 2 (Winter 1980), p. 7.

Shamrock, Mary, Where Do We Go From Here?, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 4.

Shamrock, Mary, Why a Multicultural Orff Schulwerk Conference?, Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 25.

Shapiro, Ellen G., Process, Not a Position, A, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 18.

Sheehy, Molly, Anne Carlson, Laura Colon, Report: The "Good Evening" Radio Performance, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 38.

Shepard, Marilyn, Bob Berman, Jeanne Clark, Steven Daigle, Sanna Longden, Boo Miller, Cecelia Riddell, Judy Schneider, Should teachers use words as the stimulus to listening experiences? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 42.

Shotwell, Rita, Greater St. Louis, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 7.

Shotwell, Rita, Greater St. Louis Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 7.

Shotwell, Rita, Inter-Generational Programs, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 25.

Shotwell, Rita, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 2.

Shotwell, Rita, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 2.

Shotwell, Rita, Millie Burnett, Esther C. Gray (interviewer and editor), Marcelyn Smale, Sue Snyder, Lillian J. Yaross, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 56 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Shotwell, Rita, Step It Down, Uncle Jessie, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 25.

Shotwell, Rita, Time for the Basics Again (Guest Editorial), Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 30.

Shuler, Scott, Assessment in General Music: An Overview, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 10.

Shushansky, Jolie, Create Music Classroom Rituals, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 20.

Sidaway, Peter, Tossi Aaron, Autumn Leaves (Gleanings), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 19.

Sidaway, Peter, Follow My Leader, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 1.

Siebold, Paul (translated by), Ruth P. Hamm, Polyxene Mathey-Roussopoulou (Portrait Series), Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 11.

Siemens, Margaret T., Comparative Study of the Orff and Regular Methods of Music Instruction in Jefferson County, Colorado, A, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Nov 1969) (mislabeled as Vol. 1 No. 4 Nov 1969) , p. 3.

Silber, N., T. Soll, Revel, My Friends, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Simpson, Aubrey, Coat of Many Feathers, A (Reprint from Hemispheres), Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 17.

Sitzman, Ann, Through technical mastery and composition, Keetman re-imagined the recorder, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 18.

Siukonen, Jukka, Musisoi ry: Music Education in Finland, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 11.

Siukonen, Jukka, Three Days of Horror, Hope and Music (Estonia), Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 11.

Siukonen, Jukka, To the Editor, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 10.

Slagel, Donald, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 9.

Slagel, Donald, Getting Started, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 1.

Slagel, Donald, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 3, No. 2 (Feb 1971), p. 2.

Slagel, Donald, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 2.

Slagel, Donald, Orff Schulwerk: American Odyssey, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 20.

Slagel, Donald, Question Box, Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 6.

Slagel, Donald, Question Box, Vol. 8, No. 3 (May 1976), p. 9.

Slagel, Donald, Question Box, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 1.

Slagel, Donald, Report from Salzburg, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 2.

Slagel, Donald, Update on AOSA Film, Vol. 12, No. 1 (Fall 1979), p. 19.

Slagel, Donald (co-editor), Marcia Lunz (co-editor), Circle With Us (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 11.

Slagel, Donald (editor), Judith Thomas, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 16.

Slagel, Donald (editor), Ruth P. Hamm, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 21.

Slagel, Donald (editor), Carol King, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 15.

Smale, Marcelyn, Asking the Right Questions (Focus on Research), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 13.

Smale, Marcelyn, Millie Burnett, Esther C. Gray (interviewer and editor), Rita Shotwell, Sue Snyder, Lillian J. Yaross, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Smith, Alwyn, Seashore, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 30.

Smith, Dallas, Susan Mazer, Sing a Song for the Sick and Tense, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 17.

Smith, Kay, Chapter News, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 19.

Smith, Keith, Heather McLaughlin, Lorna Parker, Orff-Schulwerk in Australia (Centerfold), Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 15.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 57

Smith, Keith (arranged by), Waltzing Matilda - Queensland Version, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 18.

Smith, Kim, Ann K. Flynn, Sallie Meyer, Grant Winners Express Thanks, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 33.

Smith, Michael, Orff and the Hurried Child, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 9.

Smith, Ruth Ann, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 14, No. 3 (Spring 1982), p. 4.

Smith, Ruth Ann, Ozark Folksong (For the Classroom), Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 21.

Smith, Ruth Ann, Ozarks: Folklore Treasury, The, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 18.

Snider, Margo, Ethnic Ensemble: An Experience in Integration, The, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 11.

Snyder, Sue, Are the Gifted Creative?, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 1.

Snyder, Sue, Millie Burnett, Esther C. Gray (interviewer and editor), Rita Shotwell, Marcelyn Smale, Lillian J. Yaross, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Snyder, Sue, Puzzles, structures and journeys: Learning to read and the Orff Process, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 15.

Snyder, Sue, Question Upon Question: A Quest for Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 8.

Snyder, Sue, Weaving Literacy Strands Through Orff Process, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 20.

Soll, Carla, Cathleen Brock, Julia Perry-Clark, Musicians of the Sun: Anatomy of a Performance, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 12.

Soll, T., N. Silber, Revel, My Friends, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Solomon, Jim, Be True to the Nature of the Approach (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 15.

Solomon, Jim, D.R.U.M.: Discipline, Respect and Unity through Music, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 20.

Solomon, Jim, Materials for the Classroom, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 4.

Solomon, Jim, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jeannine Stephan, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Solomon, Jim, You Can Play Percussion Instruments!, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 6.

Solomon, Mary Helen, Janet Robbins, Boa Viagem: a good journey brings the Schulwerk from Rochester to Recife, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 9.

Solomon, Mary Helen, Janet Robbins, Maracatu rhythm and Escravos de Jo instructions, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 10.

Solomon, Mary Helen, New Songs to Sing, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Winter 1998), p. 20.

Solomon, Mary Helen, Paths to Improvisation: Using Keetman's Elementaria, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 16.

Sommer, Betty K., Movement and Rhythmic Education, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 5.

Sovran, Kay, Greater Detroit Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 5.

Spalding, Richard, An Ounce of Prevention...A Pound of Cure, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 5.

Spalding, Richard, College Professor and Orff, The, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 5.

Spalding, Richard, Marcia Lunz, Sally Miller, Karen Morris, Rudi Registrato, John Stanton, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Spalding, Richard, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Sally Trenfield, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Spalding, Richard, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 4.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 58 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Spalding, Richard, Jay Broeker, Robert de Frece, Randy DeLelles, Jeff Kriske, Jon Sywassink, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

Spalding, Richard, Our French Connections: La Pedagogie Orff (Centerfold), Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 15.

Spalding, Richard, Ours Is an Oral Tradition...Mother Nature Is Our Teacher, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 7.

Spalding, Richard, Region IV Report, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 21.

Spalding, Richard, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Spalding, Richard, Sabbatical in Switzerland: Institut Jaques-Dalcroze, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 10.

Spallina, Anna Marie, Arietha Lockhart, Eleanor Michaud, Thelma Rozukalns, Keetman Fund Recipients Express Thanks, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 22.

Sparti, Barbara, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Janet Underhill, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Springer, Claudia, Marilyn Collins, Donna Monticello, Carolyn Tower, Watercolors: An International Palette...Awaits Your Presence to Unfold, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 18.

Spurgeon, Alan, After the storm: Teaching music after hurricanes Katrina and Rita, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 9.

Spurgeon, Alan, Arnold Burkart: AOSA's First President (Portrait Series), Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 20.

Spurgeon, Alan, folk song bibliography, A, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 9.

Spurgeon, Alan, Folk Songs of the Ozarks, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 23.

Squire, Linda, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Squire, Rebecca Fay, Liz Gilpatrick, Dennis Waring, Is There an American Repertoire That Students Should Know before Learning a Multicultural Repertoire? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 31.

Stadtlander, Justin, Kate Masiak, Janet Wightman, Sun, the Source, the Schulwerk: Children's Voices, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 24.

Stamou, Lelouda, Spontaneity - Creativity - Improvisation - Composition: A Developmental Process, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 8.

Stanfield, Norman, Taking Morris dances beyond the Cotswold Hills, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 28.

Stanton, John, Marcia Lunz, Sally Miller, Karen Morris, Rudi Registrato, Richard Spalding, Colorado Collage: A Whirlwind of Sounds and Colors, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 2.

Stapleton, Karen, AOSA 1984-85 Annual Report Compilation, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 31.

Stapleton, Karen, Brontosaurus in a Chorus (Centerfold), Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 15.

Stapleton, Karen, Celebrations: A Journey Through the Schulwerk, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 15.

Stark, Deanna, Quality materials and flexibility are hallmarks of an artful lesson, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 29.

Stauffer, Sandra L., Children, Computers, Composition: A Research Collaboration (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 41.

Steen, Arvida, Achieving Teacher Growth -Together, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 13.

Steen, Arvida, Change in Executive Committee Proposed by AOSA Board, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 9.

Steen, Arvida, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 27.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 59

Steen, Arvida, Liaison Committee, An Experiment in Representation, The, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 10.

Steen, Arvida, Musically Educated Child: A Definition, The, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 15.

Steen, Arvida, Esther C. Gray, Karen Logbeck, Reader's Forum: Pros and Cons of Requiring National Membership - Opposing Change, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 17.

Stehouwer, Gulle, Report from Norway: Music Experiences at the Beginning of Life, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 17.

Stehouwer, Gulle, Teacher Training in Norway, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 4.

Stephan, Jeannine, Del Bohlmeyer, Timothy Brophy, Steven Calantropio, Joshua Golbert, JoElla Hug, Dorothy Lyons, Barbara Potter (co-editor), Martha C. Riley (co-editor), Jim Solomon, Should Music Literacy Be the Primary Goal of Elementary Music Education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 45.

Stevenson, John R., Principles of a Dalcroze Education, The, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, Are There Poets in Your School?, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 17.

Stewart, Carolee, Benchmark Improvisations: An MENC Project to Help Teachers Assess Student Progress in Standard 3, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 13.

Stewart, Carolee, Celebrating the Carl Orff Centenary: Stories of Two Projects, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 41.

Stewart, Carolee, Exploring Recorder Models, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 8.

Stewart, Carolee, Focus on Research (Topic = Establishment of series), Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 19.

Stewart, Carolee, From My Bookshelf, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 21.

Stewart, Carolee, Kansas City AOSA Conference: Heartland Horizons - Fantastic!, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 11.

Stewart, Carolee, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 28.

Stewart, Carolee, Letter to the Membership, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 7.

Stewart, Carolee, Northland Voyage: A Full Itinerary, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 2.

Stewart, Carolee, Northland Voyage: Exploring Sources and New Directions, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 2.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, President's Message, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, Carol Huffman, President's Message, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 5.

Stewart, Carolee, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Judith Thomas, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Stewart, Carolee, Renaissance Percussion Instruments and Their Performance Practice, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 3.

Stewart, Carolee, Sacred Harp Tradition, The, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 7.

Stewart, Carolee, Hilree Hamilton, Stop, Look and Listen, Attending a Research Poster Session (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 13.

Stewart, Carolee (co-editor), Virginia N. Ebinger (co-editor), Supplement to the Index of the Orff Echo (Volumes 24-25), Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993)Insert.

Stewart, Carolee (editor), Timothy Brophy, Orff Schulwerk and Current Cognitive Psychology, How Researchers View the Developing Musical

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 60 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Mind (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 5.

Stewart, Madeau, Wilder Shores of Music, The (reprint from Orff Times), Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 32.

Stinson, Erika, Terrance Baker, Karen Medley (editor), Children's Thoughts on Music, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Winter 1984), p. 29.

Stites, Charles, Folk Rhyme from North Carolina, A, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 3.

Stone, David, Tossi Aaron, Linda Ahlstedt, Robert Amchin, Steven Calantropio, Steven Daigle, Martha Evans Osborne, Do you consider the Schulwerk volumes to be obsolete, or are they are the core of the Schulwerk? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 50.

Stone, Margaret L., Cleveland Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 5.

Stone, Margaret L., Greater Cleveland Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 7.

Stone, Margaret L., Greater Cleveland Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Feb 1974), p. 7.

Stone, Margaret L., Orff for All Seasons (Orff Workshop), Vol. 6, No. 3 (May 1974), p. 7.

Stover, Pamela, Keetman employed emerging technology to teach children, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 22.

Stringham, Mary, AOSA Conference, 1977, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 1.

Stringham, Mary, AOSA Dues Increase, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 15.

Stringham, Mary, National Board Develops Policy Statement Regarding Relationship to Industry, Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 2.

Stringham, Mary, Teacher Training: How Much Orff?, Vol. 7, No. 1 (Sep 1974), p. 2.

Stringham, Mary, Thoughts on Conferences, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 8.

Stringham, Mary, Washington Conference, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 6.

Stringham, Mary (compiled and annotated by), Bibliography of Materials in English Concerning

Orff Schulwerk, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 11 (1977).

Stringham, Mary (compiled and translated by), Orff-Schulwerk: Background and Commentary: Articles from German and Austrian Periodicals, Supplement to the Orff Echo (1976).

Stycos, Phillis C., Robert F. Allwarden, Diane Graham, Sherrell Jones, Ruth M. Lowe, Sally Miller, Virginia Urichko, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Stycos, Phillis C., Keetman Fund Recipient, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 22.

Stycos, Phillis C., Dorothy Gail Elliott, Meet Your New President - and our Sister, Marilyn Davidson, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 23.

Suggs, Anita, Nancy Ferguson, Blues (For the Classroom), Vol. 18, No. 2 (Winter 1986), p. 25.

Sumberland, Joan (editor), Introducing Music for Children, Carl Orff Canada, Musique Pour Enfants (Centerfold), Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 13.

Summerville, Nancy, Tiny Tim, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 12.

Sywassink, Jon, Jay Broeker, Robert de Frece, Randy DeLelles, Jeff Kriske, Richard Spalding, Male Vocal Role Model for Children, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 4.

Tamulyniene, Virginija, Freedom and Change in Lithuania, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 18.

Tarnowski, Susan, Vocal Experiences as Play, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 53.

Taylor, Jo, Cathy Janovjak, Linda Ross, Carla Rutschman, Will Schmid, What role should assessment play in Orff Schulwerk-based education? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 31.

Taylor, Louise Ganter, How Early Is Early?, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 14.

Taylor, Randy, Beth Miller, Drama: A Creative Process (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 11.

Taylor, Rebecca, Janet Robbins, Where Two Worlds Meet, Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998), p. 10.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 61

Taylor-Howell, Susan, John R. Howell, Copyright Law, The: Public Domain, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 21.

Teck, Kathy, Rasping around the World, or, Music to Set Your Teeth on Edge, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 34.

Terry, Keith, Body Music (reprint from International Tap Association Journal), Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 2.

Thames, Frederica, Beth Miller, Sharon Vrieland, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 2.

Thames, Frederica, Beth Miller, Sharon Vrieland, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 4.

Thaxton, David, Mallet exercises (From the Classroom), Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 35.

Theimer, Lois, Sue Loser, Maureen Travis, Keetman Assistance Fund Recipients, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 36.

Thibeault, Matthew, Out of the Classroom: Towards Authentic Advocacy, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 10.

Thomas, Judith, African Materials (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 4 (Summer 1980), p. 11.

Thomas, Judith, Apple, The: A Star in the Core of the Curriculum, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Spring 2004), p. 54.

Thomas, Judith, Celebrations (Geography Project), Vol. 9, No. 1 (Fall 1976), p. 5.

Thomas, Judith, Celebrations (Topic = Establishment of series), Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan 1976), p. 1.

Thomas, Judith, Donald Corbett, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Konnie K. Saliba, Conference Panel: Focus on the Future, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 11.

Thomas, Judith, Departure Points (Centerfold), Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 11.

Thomas, Judith, Donald Slagel (editor), From My Bookshelf, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 16.

Thomas, Judith, Gunild Keetman Sends Greetings, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 10.

Thomas, Judith, Music/Art Trip to Storm King Art Center, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 17.

Thomas, Judith, North Coast Soundings, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 3.

Thomas, Judith, North Coast Soundings, Vol. 16, No. 1 (Fall 1983), p. 3.

Thomas, Judith, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Ellie Gerstein, Lori Goldschmidt, On Avon Gillespie, Vol. 22, No. 2 (Winter 1990), p. 35.

Thomas, Judith, On Being (Guest Editorial), Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 6.

Thomas, Judith, Mary Shamrock, Orff Schulwerk in the U. S.: Our Expanding Challenges, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 3.

Thomas, Judith, Outgoing President's Message: Orff Schulwerk: Synonym for Excellence in Education, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 23.

Thomas, Judith, President's Message, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 13.

Thomas, Judith, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Carolyn Tower, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Thomas, Judith, Louis Ballard, Virginia N. Ebinger, Issam El Mallah, Doug Goodkin, David Holt, Janis Kaimakis, Athan Karras, Mary Shamrock, Teaching the Musics of Many Cultures, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 24.

Thomas, Judith (editor), Elizabeth Herron, Celebrations, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 10.

Thomas, Judith (editor), Mary Lou Frierdich, Celebrations: "Arts Alive" Summer Celebration, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 7.

Thomas, Judith (editor), Barbara Kass, Orff and a Classroom Teacher, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 14.

Thomas, Judith (editor), Cindy Campbell, Special Celebration: Coming Together Through Music, Integration of Hearing and Hearing-Impaired Children, Vol. 11, No. 4 (Summer 1979), p. 9.

Thomas, Werner, Orff's "Schulwerk", Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 4 (Fall 1974).

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 62 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Thomas-Solomon, Judith, Keetman remembered, revered by AOSA Members, Vol. 37, No. 3 (Spring 2005), p. 29.

Thompson, Ardyce, Orff at Antioch, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 5.

Thompson, Ben, Psychologist Looks at Orff, A, Vol. 3, No. 3 (June 1971), p. 4.

Thompson, Billie, Learning, Spirituality and the Musical Ear: The Tomatis Method, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 14.

Thompson, Judith, Dance in the African-American Tradition (Part One), Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 4.

Thompson, Judith, Dance in the African-American Tradition (Part Two), Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 21.

Timm, Dorothy J., Orff With Retarded Adults, Vol. 7, No. 3 (May 1975), p. 3.

Timmons, Leslie, Nicholas Morrison, Dough $, Re, Mi: A, B, Cs of Educational Fundraising, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 17.

Timmons, Leslie, Tackling Technique, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 24.

Tisbert, John, Orff Schulwerk: A Middle Level Perspective, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 12.

Tower, Carolyn, Albuquerque Conference, Vol. 13, No. 3 (Spring 1981), p. 3.

Tower, Carolyn, Albuquerque Conference, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 3.

Tower, Carolyn, Jacobeth Postl, AOSA Film Next Spring, Vol. 11, No. 2 (Winter 1979), p. 17.

Tower, Carolyn, AOSA National Conference, Albuquerque, N. M., November 11-15, 1981, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 3.

Tower, Carolyn, Experiments with Movement, Sound, and Notation, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 7.

Tower, Carolyn, Interview with Daniel Hellden, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Summer 1985), p. 9.

Tower, Carolyn, Letters to the Editor, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Fall 1977), p. 2.

Tower, Carolyn, Meet Your New President, Vol. 18, No. 1 (Fall 1985), p. 8.

Tower, Carolyn, Ninth Canadian Conference: Winnipeg Adventure, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Fall 1986), p. 11.

Tower, Carolyn, Grace C. Nash, Mary Shamrock, Nurturing the Child's Body, Mind and Spirit Through Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001), p. 20.

Tower, Carolyn, President's Column, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 17.

Tower, Carolyn, President's Message, Vol. 15, No. 4 (Summer 1983), p. 6.

Tower, Carolyn, Tossi Aaron, Millie Burnett, Isabel McNeill Carley, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Becky Ellis, Richard Spalding, Linda Squire, Carolee Stewart, Judith Thomas, Remembering Pat Brown (In Memoriam), Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 15.

Tower, Carolyn, Marilyn Collins, Donna Monticello, Claudia Springer, Watercolors: An International Palette...Awaits Your Presence to Unfold, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Summer 1988), p. 18.

Tower, Carolyn, Wilma Salzman (Portrait Series), Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 16.

Tracy, Annette, Demonstration Programs: Raising the Curtain on Your Music Classroom, Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 20.

Traub, Jaurene, Challenge is Great, The, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 23.

Travis, Maureen, Sue Loser, Lois Theimer, Keetman Assistance Fund Recipients, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 36.

Trenfield, Sally, Joshua Golbert, Jack Neill, Do TV shows and music videos for children help us or hinder us in our music education process? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 33.

Trenfield, Sally, Tossi Aaron, Martha Crowell, Virginia N. Ebinger, Jan May, Katheen Ness, Donna Poppe, Jacobeth Postl, Richard Spalding, Folklore is Alive and Well and Living on the Playground, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 20.

Trenfield, Sally, Orff process and performance changes college-student attitudes, Vol. 37, No. 1 (Fall 2004), p. 32.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 63

Trinka, Jill, Using Folksongs as a Means of Achieving Musical Literacy, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 13.

Tulloss, Dorothy, Impressions from Salzburg - March 1968, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 1.

Ulrich, Frances S., Music for the Handicapped: A Report in Retrospect on the First International Symposium on Music Education for the Handicapped at the University of Montpellier, France, Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 20.

Umberson, Kay, Music Portfolios: What, Why and How, Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996), p. 15.

Underhill, Janet, Deborah Goodell, Linda Goss, Cak Marshall, Bonnie Wilder, Christmas-Hanukkah Dilemma, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Underhill, Janet, Deedle Deedle Dumpling, My Son John, Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999), p. 26.

Underhill, Janet, Quaker, Quaker (From the Classroom), Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 43.

Underhill, Janet, Amy Berger, Wendy Bloom, Pam Brooks, Linda Clark, Margaret Kimberling, Lorene Link, Barbara Sparti, Should early experiences with music notation be traditional or iconic? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 31.

Urichko, Virginia, Robert F. Allwarden, Diane Graham, Sherrell Jones, Ruth M. Lowe, Sally Miller, Phillis C. Stycos, Grant Winners Thank AOSA Members, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 33.

Vallejo, Polo, Musical world of the Wagago children of Tanzania, The, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 15.

Van Dyck, Susan, Carol King, Karen Medley, Bridging Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996), p. 7.

Van Dyck, Susan, Carol King, Karen Medley, Bringing Traditions: A Memphis Montage, Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 6.

Van Gunten, Marjie, About This Issue: Orff and the Classroom Teacher, Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 10.

Van Gunten, Marjie, Martha O'Hehir, Artful lessons by design, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 9.

Van Gunten, Marjie, It's Your Chants . . ., Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000), p. 14.

Van Gunten, Marjie, Make No Mistake, Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000), p. 9.

Van Gunten, Marjie, Marilyn Gunn, Music for Children, Vol. 34, No. 3 (Spring 2002), p. 9.

Van Gunten, Marjie, Orff Schulwerk and literacy follow parallel paths, Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 10.

Van Gunten, Marjie, Process of Reflection, A, Vol. 36, No. 4 (Summer 2004), p. 43.

Van Haaren, Peg, Greater Detroit Chapter, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Feb 1972), p. 6.

Van Haaren, Peg, Integrated Arts (Centerfold), Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 11.

Van Haaren, Peg, Tossi Aaron, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Barbara Haselbach, Claire Levine, Jacobeth Postl, Stanley Rowland, Joachim Matthesius: A Remembrance, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 4.

Van Haaren, Peg, Letter to the Editor, Vol. 13, No. 1 (Fall 1980), p. 4.

Van Mater, Elizabeth, Lori Goldschmidt, Orff Schulwerk in a Summer Day Camp: A Success Story, Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 27.

Vance, Jessie, Adapting Orff to Middle School: Keys to Success, Vol. 27, No. 2 (Winter 1995), p. 21.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Fall 1999 Insert), Vol. 32, No. 1 (Fall 1999)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Fall 2000 Insert), Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Spring 1999 Insert), Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Spring 2000 Insert), Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Spring 2001 Insert), Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Summer 1998 Insert), Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998)Insert.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 64 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Summer 1999 Insert), Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Summer 1999 Insert), Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Summer 2000 Insert), Vol. 32, No. 4 (Summer 2000)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Summer 2001 Insert), Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Winter 1999 Insert), Vol. 31, No. 2 (Winter 1999)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Winter 2000 Insert), Vol. 32, No. 2 (Winter 2000)Insert.

Vance, Jessie, Reverberations (Winter 2001 Insert), Vol. 33, No. 2 (Winter 2001)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Fall 1995 Insert), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Fall 1996 Insert), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Fall 1998 Insert), Vol. 31, No. 1 (Fall 1998)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Spring 1996 Insert), Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Spring 1997 Insert), Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Spring 1998 Insert), Vol. 30, No. 3 (Spring 1998)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Summer 1996 Insert), Vol. 28, No. 4 (Summer 1996)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Summer 1997 Insert), Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Winter 1996 Insert), Vol. 28, No. 2 (Winter 1996)Insert.

Vance, Jessie (editor), Reverberations (Winter 1997 Insert), Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997)Insert.

Velasquez, Vivian, Exceptional Populations, Vol. 29, No. 2 (Winter 1997), p. 7.

Verlaine, Paul (words by), Travels of a French Canon, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 37.

Vidor, Constance, Pageantry in the Classroom (For the Classroom), Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 10.

Vidor, Constance, Peer Teaching with Orff Instruments, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 25.

Vincent, Jenny W. (translated by), (Author unknown), De Colores, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 14.

Vrieland, Sharon, Beth Miller, Frederica Thames, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 21, No. 4 (Summer 1989), p. 2.

Vrieland, Sharon, Beth Miller, Frederica Thames, Atlanta '89 A Southern Jubilee, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 4.

Vrshek, Sonia, One Potato, Two Potato (For the Classroom, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 33.

Vrshek, Sonia, Orff Schulwerk and Integrated Learning (For the Classroom), Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 16.

Wagner, Betsy, Reading and Music, Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 22.

Wakeland, William, Candace Crawford, Elizabeth Nichols, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part Two, Vol. 26, No. 2 (Winter 1994), p. 3.

Waller, Sara, M.U.S.I.C. Is Music, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 1985), p. 26.

Walter, Arnold, Meditation on Method, Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 4.

Walter, Arnold, Meditation on Method, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 28.

Walter, Arnold, Orff Schulwerk in American Education, The, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 3 (undated).

Walter, Malia, Teaching in a multi-track, year-round school presents challenges, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Fall 2006), p. 24.

Wampler, Martha M., Arnold E. Burkart, Isabel McNeill Carley, Norman Goldberg, Ruth P. Hamm, Jacobeth Postl, Wilma M. Salzman, AOSA Founders and Visionaries Part One, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 6.

Wang, Cecilia Chu, What Happens in the General Music Class? (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 19.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 65

Wang, Vanya, Developing a Dramatic Scene Through Movement and Music, Vol. 4, No. 3 (May 1972), p. 5.

Ware, Margaret, Orff Schulwerk in an Elementary School: an Administrator's Point of View, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Winter 2002), p. 26.

Waring, Dennis, Liz Gilpatrick, Rebecca Fay Squire, Is There an American Repertoire That Students Should Know before Learning a Multicultural Repertoire? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 31.

Warner, Brigitta, Creative Play - Acting With Children (Reprinted from Re-Echoes, Book I), Vol. 23, No. 3 (Spring 1991), p. 23.

Warner, Brigitta, Creative Play-Acting with Children, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 1.

Warner, Brigitta, Development of Canon in Orff-Schulwerk, The (Guideposts), Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 8.

Warner, Brigitta, Marshia Beck, Danai Gagne, Marilyn Levine, Beth Miller, Finding Books on Movement (Getting Started), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Fall 1988), p. 28.

Warner, Brigitta, Letters from Salzburg, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 2.

Warner, Brigitta, Music Literacy and Orff Schulwerk, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 9.

Warner, Brigitta, Orff Schulwerk Around Washington, D. C., Vol. 2, No. 3 (June 1970), p. 3.

Warner, Brigitta, Unless We Look for Orff's Deeper Message We Cannot Truly Understand Schulwerk in All Its Depth, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 31.

Warner, Brigitta, Vignettes, Memories, Thoughts (about Keetman), Vol. 23, No. 4 (Summer 1991), p. 7.

Warner, Brigitta, Yes - But...A Parable, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 2.

Warners, Ronald, View of Schulwerk in Tokyo, A, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 2.

Watson, Deanna, Will Brecht, Marilyn Collins, Alan Purdum, Jan Williams, Point-Counterpoint: Does it matter if a musical product is achieved through mental exploration facilitated by technology or by moving and physically interacting with

musical materials? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 42.

Watt, Richard E., John Bednar, Rose Grelis, Karen Medley, Declaration of Interdependence, A, Vol. 26, No. 4 (Summer 1994), p. 2.

Watt, Richard E., Karen Medley, Philadelphia - A Declaration of Interdependence, Vol. 27, No. 1 (Fall 1994), p. 2.

Watt, Richard E., Marshia Beck, Marilyn Levine, Claire Seger, Watercolors...with Several Brushes, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 2.

Weaver, Chris A., Music, music; what a joy!, Vol. 19, No. 4 (Summer 1987), p. 12.

Weber, Christine, In Memoriam: Carl Orff, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 9.

Weber, Sol, New York Nights of the Round Table, Vol. 23, No. 2 (Winter 1991), p. 6.

Weikart, Phyllis, Esther C. Gray, Rhythmic Coordination: Attainable, Essential (Centerfold), Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 13.

Weinstein, Esther, Where to Turn: Looking for Folk Dance Resources, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 33.

Weis, Linda, Using the Orff Process in Teaching Choral Music (Guideposts), Vol. 15, No. 3 (Spring 1983), p. 9.

Weisert-Peatow, Heidi, Leadership in the American Orff-Schulwerk Association 1968-1998 (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 35, No. 1 (Fall 2002), p. 29.

Weiss, Josef, Alexander Technique, Good Habits Create Good Sound (From the Classroom), Vol. 35, No. 3 (Spring 2003), p. 44.

Wentz, Robert, Music Is Basic (Guest Editorial), Vol. 17, No. 3 (Spring 1985) (mislabeled as Vol. XVIII No. Three Spring 1985) , p. 6.

Werlin, Stan, Veronika P. Schultz, Wordmaker Wordmaker (From the Classroom) (Reprint from Cricket Magazine), Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 48.

Weyman, Linda, Traces of paradise found in traditional Hawaiian music, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 10.

Wheatley, Susan, Creativity: Exploring the Possibilities, Vol. 21, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 8.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 66 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Wheatley, Susan, Keetman's Compositions and the Original Instrumentarium, Vol. 30, No. 4 (Summer 1998), p. 43.

Wheatley, Susan, Sarah Mantel, Opera and Orff: A Creative Synergy, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 7.

Wheatley, Susan, Tanzgruppe Gunther: The Legacy of Keetman and Lex, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Summer 2002), p. 22.

Whinnery, Corine, South-Central Minnesota Chapter, Vol. 5, No. 2 (Feb 1973), p. 7.

White, Janet X., From Pulse to Improvisation with Rhythm Instruments (Guideposts), Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 12.

Whitehouse, B. J., Sea Shantys - A World of Possibilities, Vol. 26, No. 3 (Spring 1994), p. 17.

Whitwell, Giselle, Cecelia Riddell, Patti Wiggins, Hearing + Listening = Moving + Feeling, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 28.

Widmer, Manuela, Miriam Samuelson (translated by), Music Drama, Elemental Style, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 20.

Wier, Jo, Las Siete Maripositas (The Seven Butterflies), Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 15.

Wiggins, Patti, Cecelia Riddell, Giselle Whitwell, Hearing + Listening = Moving + Feeling, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 28.

Wiggins, Patti, Interview with Robert M. Abramson, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 2.

Wightman, Janet, Kate Masiak, Justin Stadtlander, Sun, the Source, the Schulwerk: Children's Voices, The, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Spring 1999), p. 24.

Wilder, Bonnie, Deborah Goodell, Linda Goss, Cak Marshall, Janet Underhill, Christmas-Hanukkah Dilemma, The (Panel in Print), Vol. 20, No. 1 (Fall 1987) (mislabeled as Vol. XXX No. One Fall 1987) , p. 16.

Wilhelm, Boo, Making the Most of E. T., Vol. 15, No. 2 (Winter 1983), p. 21.

Wilkins, Leona B., Susan Applebaum, Moira Logan, Nadine Saitlin, Creativity and the Related Arts (Prologue to Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 12.

Wilkins, Leona B., Susan Applebaum, Moira Logan, Nadine Saitlin, Dance Drama Music Art (Centerfold), Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 11.

Willet, William, Bob Bergin, Carol H. Bitcon, Laurdella Bodolay, Donald Corbett, Patricia Evans, Peter Gampel, David Humphrey, Catherine Jarjisian, Colleen Kirk, Virginia H. Mead, Summit Panel Discusses Future, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Spring 1987), p. 8.

Willheim, Nancy, Connecticut Chapter, Vol. 6, No. 1 (Nov 1973), p. 5.

Willheim, Nancy, Connecticut Workshop, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 5.

Williams, Jan, Will Brecht, Marilyn Collins, Alan Purdum, Deanna Watson, Point-Counterpoint: Does it matter if a musical product is achieved through mental exploration facilitated by technology or by moving and physically interacting with musical materials? (Point-Counterpoint), Vol. 29, No. 1 (Fall 1996), p. 42.

Wilmouth, Jean F., From My Bookshelf, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Spring 1978), p. 9.

Wilmouth, Jean F., Let Children Move, Vol. 2, No. 2 (Feb 1970), p. 3.

Wilmouth, Jean F., You, And the New Copyright Law, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Fall 1978), p. 9.

Wilson, Doug, Building Community: A Principal's Perspective, Vol. 33, No. 4 (Summer 2001), p. 13.

Wilson, Doug, Ruth Ann Chiaraluce, Colorado Collage - Denver: 1990, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 2.

Wilson, Doug, Ruth Ann Chiaraluce, Gwen Mickle, Meg Worth, Colorado Collage, Denver 1990, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 2.

Wilson, Doug, Judith McMillen, Drum (The), The Voice, The Dance, Vol. 26, No. 1 (Fall 1993), p. 2.

Wilson, Doug, Judith McMillen, Drum, the Voice, the Dance, The, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 2.

Wilson, Doug, Diane Graham, Donna Poppe, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 29, No. 4 (Summer 1997), p. 7.

Wilson, Doug, Diane Graham, Donna Poppe, Northwest Horizons - Exploring the Elements, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Fall 1997), p. 6.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

The Orff Echo Articles by author Page 67

Wilson, Judy, Orff and Piaget: Partners in Learning, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 23.

Wiprud, Theodore, Lighting the Lights: Musicians and Composers as Mentors, Vol. 35, No. 2 (Winter 2003), p. 22.

Wise, Peggy, Suzuki-Orff Program at the Music Center of the North Shore, The, Vol. 15, No. 1 (Fall 1982), p. 20.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Fall 1991), p. 27.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Winter 1992), p. 27.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 24, No. 3 (Spring 1992), p. 35.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Summer 1992), p. 31.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Fall 1992), p. 27.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Winter 1993), p. 27.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 25, No. 3 (Spring 1993), p. 29.

Wobig, Cindi, Cindi Speaking, Vol. 25, No. 4 (Summer 1993), p. 31.

Wobig, Cindi, Final Tabulation of Ballots, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Spring 1986), p. 25.

Wolford, Leah Jackson, Play-Party in Indiana, The, Vol. 27, No. 3 (Spring 1995), p. 19.

Wolfson, Anita H., Brain Research and Education, Vol. 14, No. 1 (Fall 1981), p. 3.

Wolfson, Anita H., Orff With Instruments of the Orchestra, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Winter 1977), p. 1.

Wolfson, Anita H., Ounce of Prevention, An (Guest Editorial), Vol. 13, No. 2 (Winter 1981), p. 4.

Womack, Amy, Notes from Slava, Vol. 38, No. 3 (Spring 2006), p. 32.

Womack, Sara Trotman, research base, A (Focus on Research Series), Vol. 38, No. 2 (Winter 2006), p. 19.

Wood, Marilyn, Upper Elementary Years: Beautiful Singing in Parts, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Summer 1999), p. 11.

Wood, Marilyn, Vocal Development in Early Childhood, Vol. 28, No. 3 (Spring 1996), p. 13.

Woodruff, Sue, Musical Schools: Teaching Orff in the Trenches (From the Classroom), Vol. 35, No. 4 (Summer 2003), p. 43.

Woods, David, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, Donald Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Woods, David, University of Arizona Accepts Carley Library, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 19.

Woods, Donald, Harold M. Best, Del Bohlmeyer, Richard Colwell, Robert de Frece, Jane Frazee, Barbara J. Grenoble, Frederick Miller, Konnie K. Saliba, David Woods, Conference Summit: The Future of Public School Music Education, Vol. 20, No. 3 (Spring 1988), p. 9.

Woody, Linda Rowland, Folk songs are valuable teaching tools, Vol. 37, No. 2 (Winter 2005), p. 34.

Worth, Meg, Ruth Ann Chiaraluce, Gwen Mickle, Doug Wilson, Colorado Collage, Denver 1990, Vol. 22, No. 4 (Summer 1990), p. 2.

Worth, Meg, Donna Deininger, Cultural Playground, A : A performance to celebrate diversity, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 32.

Worth, Meg, Randy Cummings, Incorporating student art into musical programs, Vol. 38, No. 4 (Summer 2006), p. 41.

Worth, Meg, Living Paintings, The, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Spring 2000), p. 46.

Worth, Meg, Reflections: Voices of Adolescence, Vol. 27, No. 4 (Summer 1995), p. 36.

Worth, Meg, Claire Seger, Sam and His Singing Saw: An Interview with Sam Arnold, Vol. 23, No. 1 (Fall 1990), p. 5.

Worth, Meg, Teacher to Teacher, Vol. 33, No. 3 (Spring 2001), p. 55.

Worth, Meg, Thinking Outside the Box: A Whimsical Approach to Contemporary Music, Vol. 36, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 50.

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006

Page 68 Articles by author The Orff Echo

Wright, Amy, Spring, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 35.

Wry, Ora E., Philosophical Implications of Orff-Schulwerk, Vol. 13, No. 4 (Summer 1981), p. 5.

Wry, Ora E., Reflections on Jemez Pueblo, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 11.

Wuytack, Jos, Apologia for Orff-Schulwerk, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Nov 1970), p. 3.

Wuytack, Jos, Conference Sessions by Jos Wuytack, Vol. 5, No. 3 (May 1973), p. 4.

Wuytack, Jos, Didactic Principles in Music Education, Vol. 5, No. 1 (Nov 1972), p. 3.

Yaginuma, Teruko, Orff Schulwerk, Your Way and My Way, Vol. 29, No. 3 (Spring 1997), p. 20.

Yaross, Lillian J., Deborah Goodell, Karen Medley, Begin with Words! (For the Classroom), Vol. 20, No. 2 (Winter 1988), p. 14.

Yaross, Lillian J., Jacobeth Postl (editor), Beginning Instrumental Pieces (Guideposts), Vol. 11, No. 3 (Spring 1979), p. 17.

Yaross, Lillian J., Extending Musical Activities in the Classroom Through the Use of Orff Concepts, Vol. 1, No. 3 (June 1969), p. 3.

Yaross, Lillian J., From My Bookshelf, Vol. 16, No. 3 (Spring 1984), p. 29.

Yaross, Lillian J., Meet Your President, Vol. 8, No. 1 (Sep 1975), p. 8.

Yaross, Lillian J., Millie Burnett, Esther C. Gray (interviewer and editor), Rita Shotwell, Marcelyn Smale, Sue Snyder, Music in Early Childhood (Panel in Print), Vol. 22, No. 1 (Fall 1989), p. 11.

Yaross, Lillian J., Report from Skokie, Ill., Vol. 1, No. 2 (Feb 1969), p. 4.

Yaross, Lillian J., Jacobeth Postl, Summer Institute in the Arts, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Nov 1968), p. 3.

Yaross, Lillian J., James Grigsby, Jacobeth Postl (editor), Tis the Gift (Centerfold), Vol. 14, No. 4 (Summer 1982), p. 13.

Yaross, Lillian J. (compiled by), Index to the Orff Echo (Vol. I - VIII) 1968 through May, 1976, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 9 (Fall 1976).

Yoder-White, Maribeth, Bridging the Gap: Collaborating to Serve the Needs of At-Risk Students (Focus On Research Series), Vol. 33, No. 1 (Fall 2000), p. 35.

Young, Jean, Applying Principles of Good Singing in Teaching Children, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Fall 1984), p. 5.

Young, Jean, Inspiring and Using Children's Creative Musical Expressions, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Fall 2001), p. 16.

Young, Milena, What Is the Alexander Technique?, Vol. 22, No. 3 (Spring 1990), p. 41.

Young, William F., Some Folks Do (And Some Can't) - The Child Voice, Vol. 9, No. 3 (Spring 1977), p. 1.

Young, William F., To "B" or Not to "B", Vol. 12, No. 3 (Spring 1980), p. 3.

Zhilin, Vyacheslav, Marina Gorny (translated by), Winds of Change: Orff Schulwerk in Russia, Vol. 28, No. 1 (Fall 1995), p. 39.

Zimmerman, Janet R., From the Isabel McNeill Carley Library A Challenge for Teachers and Researchers, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Summer 1986), p. 21.

Zipper, Herbert, Proliferation of Orff Schulwerk, The, Supplement to the Orff Echo No. 5 (March 1975).

Rev/09/01/2006 Vol. 39, No. 1, Fall 2006